US20220119758A1 - Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells - Google Patents
Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220119758A1 US20220119758A1 US17/569,634 US202217569634A US2022119758A1 US 20220119758 A1 US20220119758 A1 US 20220119758A1 US 202217569634 A US202217569634 A US 202217569634A US 2022119758 A1 US2022119758 A1 US 2022119758A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- medium
- ips
- cell
- culture
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 141
- 210000004263 induced pluripotent stem cell Anatomy 0.000 title claims description 58
- 210000001778 pluripotent stem cell Anatomy 0.000 title description 3
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 849
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 227
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 claims description 441
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 119
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 115
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 108
- 230000008672 reprogramming Effects 0.000 claims description 101
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 claims description 88
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 72
- 210000000601 blood cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 53
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 claims description 41
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 claims description 40
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 39
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 102100031573 Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Human genes 0.000 claims description 23
- 101000777663 Homo sapiens Hematopoietic progenitor cell antigen CD34 Proteins 0.000 claims description 23
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000012096 transfection reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000012124 Opti-MEM Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 101000984042 Homo sapiens Protein lin-28 homolog A Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102100025460 Protein lin-28 homolog A Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108091028690 C-myc mRNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 108700021430 Kruppel-Like Factor 4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102100041002 Forkhead box protein H1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 101000892840 Homo sapiens Forkhead box protein H1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 101000984033 Homo sapiens Protein lin-28 homolog B Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 101000857270 Homo sapiens Zinc finger protein GLIS1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 102100025459 Protein lin-28 homolog B Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 101100247004 Rattus norvegicus Qsox1 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 101150086694 SLC22A3 gene Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 102100025883 Zinc finger protein GLIS1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 abstract description 100
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 abstract description 98
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 abstract description 45
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 abstract description 38
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 265
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 229
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 194
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 194
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 111
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 98
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 80
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 77
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 61
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 58
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 48
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 45
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 45
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 44
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 44
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 44
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 40
- 238000012136 culture method Methods 0.000 description 37
- -1 poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 37
- 229920002148 Gellan gum Polymers 0.000 description 36
- 239000000216 gellan gum Substances 0.000 description 36
- 235000010492 gellan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 36
- 239000011435 rock Substances 0.000 description 34
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 31
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 31
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 25
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N puromycin Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C3=NC=NC(=C3N=C2)N(C)C)O[C@@H]1CO RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 23
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 101150023320 B16R gene Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 101100316831 Vaccinia virus (strain Copenhagen) B18R gene Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 101100004099 Vaccinia virus (strain Western Reserve) VACWR200 gene Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 18
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 17
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 16
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 15
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 15
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 15
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 13
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 102100038554 Neurogenin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229950010131 puromycin Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 10
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 9
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 238000005138 cryopreservation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 9
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 8
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920002883 poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229920003213 poly(N-isopropyl acrylamide) Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229920002189 poly(glycerol 1-O-monomethacrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 8
- ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-Methylcytidine Natural products O=C1N=C(N)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-JXOAFFINSA-N 5-methylcytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 ZAYHVCMSTBRABG-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102100035423 POU domain, class 5, transcription factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 229930185560 Pseudouridine Natural products 0.000 description 7
- PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pseudouridine C Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- WGDUUQDYDIIBKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-Pseudouridine Natural products OC1OC(CN2C=CC(=O)NC2=O)C(O)C1O WGDUUQDYDIIBKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000003677 hemocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000008823 permeabilization Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 7
- PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N pseudouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1C1=CNC(=O)NC1=O PTJWIQPHWPFNBW-GBNDHIKLSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 208000005623 Carcinogenesis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 206010014611 Encephalitis venezuelan equine Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101001094700 Homo sapiens POU domain, class 5, transcription factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000713275 Homo sapiens Solute carrier family 22 member 3 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 208000002687 Venezuelan Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 201000009145 Venezuelan equine encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000004115 adherent culture Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940127219 anticoagulant drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000036952 cancer formation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000003749 cleanliness Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229940000351 hemocyte Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108091036407 Polyadenylation Proteins 0.000 description 5
- GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J Trypan blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3C)C=3C=C(C(=CC=3)\N=N\C=3C(=CC4=CC(=CC(N)=C4C=3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)=C(O)C2=C1N GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J 0.000 description 5
- 108010076089 accutase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011194 good manufacturing practice Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GJTBSTBJLVYKAU-XVFCMESISA-N 2-thiouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=S)NC(=O)C=C1 GJTBSTBJLVYKAU-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 4
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VKKXEIQIGGPMHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7h-purine-2,8-diamine Chemical compound NC1=NC=C2NC(N)=NC2=N1 VKKXEIQIGGPMHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012099 Alexa Fluor family Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000283074 Equus asinus Species 0.000 description 4
- 229920000855 Fucoidan Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002230 Pectic acid Polymers 0.000 description 4
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N Uridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-XVFCMESISA-N 0.000 description 4
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N alpha-L-IdopA-(1->3)-beta-D-GalpNAc4S Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000005757 colony formation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940051593 dermatan sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001671 embryonic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920000591 gum Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N keratan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O)O)[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@H]2O)COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000012533 medium component Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- QNILTEGFHQSKFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propan-2-ylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound CC(C)NC(=O)C=C QNILTEGFHQSKFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 4
- LCLHHZYHLXDRQG-ZNKJPWOQSA-N pectic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H]1OC1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O2)C(O)=O)O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 LCLHHZYHLXDRQG-ZNKJPWOQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920003175 pectinic acid Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001507 poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001504 poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001487 poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001501 poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001511 poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000010318 polygalacturonic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-JXOAFFINSA-N ribothymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- QQQSFSZALRVCSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethoxysilane Chemical compound CCO[SiH](OCC)OCC QQQSFSZALRVCSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O UNXRWKVEANCORM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 4
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 101001139134 Homo sapiens Krueppel-like factor 4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000979001 Homo sapiens Methionine aminopeptidase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000969087 Homo sapiens Microtubule-associated protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000687905 Homo sapiens Transcription factor SOX-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100020677 Krueppel-like factor 4 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100023174 Methionine aminopeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100024270 Transcription factor SOX-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003320 cell separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000012997 ficoll-paque Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002826 magnetic-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XTJPMALIPQWXDY-KQYNXXCUSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r)-2-[2-amino-6-(methylamino)purin-9-yl]-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(NC)=NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O XTJPMALIPQWXDY-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (±)-α-Tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MZBPLEJIMYNQQI-JXOAFFINSA-N 1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-2,4-dioxopyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(C=O)=C1 MZBPLEJIMYNQQI-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UVBYMVOUBXYSFV-XUTVFYLZSA-N 1-methylpseudouridine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)N(C)C=C1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UVBYMVOUBXYSFV-XUTVFYLZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SXUXMRMBWZCMEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2'-O-methyl uridine Natural products COC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 SXUXMRMBWZCMEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SXUXMRMBWZCMEN-ZOQUXTDFSA-N 2'-O-methyluridine Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 SXUXMRMBWZCMEN-ZOQUXTDFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJRKANNOPXMZSG-SSPAHAAFSA-N 2-hydroxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid;(2r,3s,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O.OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O IJRKANNOPXMZSG-SSPAHAAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OCMSXKMNYAHJMU-JXOAFFINSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=C(C=O)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 OCMSXKMNYAHJMU-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SVRWPYGLQBPNNJ-UAKXSSHOSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-2-oxopyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=C(C(O)=O)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 SVRWPYGLQBPNNJ-UAKXSSHOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MPPUDRFYDKDPBN-UAKXSSHOSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-hydroxypyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 MPPUDRFYDKDPBN-UAKXSSHOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZFJAICCKKWWNM-JXOAFFINSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-methoxypyrimidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C(OC)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 IZFJAICCKKWWNM-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NFEXJLMYXXIWPI-JXOAFFINSA-N 5-Hydroxymethylcytidine Chemical compound C1=C(CO)C(N)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 NFEXJLMYXXIWPI-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VQAJJNQKTRZJIQ-JXOAFFINSA-N 5-Hydroxymethyluridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(CO)=C1 VQAJJNQKTRZJIQ-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZXIATBNUWJBBGT-JXOAFFINSA-N 5-methoxyuridine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(OC)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 ZXIATBNUWJBBGT-JXOAFFINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100021569 Apoptosis regulator Bcl-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100022005 B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000000905 Cadherin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050007957 Cadherin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000031404 Chromosome Aberrations Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100037124 Developmental pluripotency-associated 5 protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100036949 Developmental pluripotency-associated protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100037126 Developmental pluripotency-associated protein 4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010014614 Encephalitis western equine Diseases 0.000 description 2
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100037362 Fibronectin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102100020715 Fms-related tyrosine kinase 3 ligand protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710162577 Fms-related tyrosine kinase 3 ligand protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100037060 Forkhead box protein D3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000971171 Homo sapiens Apoptosis regulator Bcl-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000897405 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100220044 Homo sapiens CD34 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000881848 Homo sapiens Developmental pluripotency-associated 5 protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000804948 Homo sapiens Developmental pluripotency-associated protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000881868 Homo sapiens Developmental pluripotency-associated protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001029308 Homo sapiens Forkhead box protein D3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001139146 Homo sapiens Krueppel-like factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001139130 Homo sapiens Krueppel-like factor 5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000603698 Homo sapiens Neurogenin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000603323 Homo sapiens Nuclear receptor subfamily 0 group B member 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101001109685 Homo sapiens Nuclear receptor subfamily 5 group A member 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000958664 Homo sapiens Nucleus accumbens-associated protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000740204 Homo sapiens Sal-like protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000631760 Homo sapiens Sodium channel protein type 1 subunit alpha Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000851696 Homo sapiens Steroid hormone receptor ERR2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000666775 Homo sapiens T-box transcription factor TBX3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000653679 Homo sapiens Translationally-controlled tumor protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000777245 Homo sapiens Undifferentiated embryonic cell transcription factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000784538 Homo sapiens Zinc finger and SCAN domain-containing protein 10 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000976622 Homo sapiens Zinc finger protein 42 homolog Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000976645 Homo sapiens Zinc finger protein ZIC 3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010002386 Interleukin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100020675 Krueppel-like factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100020680 Krueppel-like factor 5 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010085895 Laminin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007547 Laminin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VQAYFKKCNSOZKM-IOSLPCCCSA-N N(6)-methyladenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(NC)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O VQAYFKKCNSOZKM-IOSLPCCCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZBZXYUYUUDZCNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-cyclohexa-1,3-dien-1-yl-N-phenyl-4-[4-(N-[4-[4-(N-[4-[4-(N-phenylanilino)phenyl]phenyl]anilino)phenyl]phenyl]anilino)phenyl]aniline Chemical compound C1=CCCC(N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 ZBZXYUYUUDZCNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZCNWAXLJWBRJE-ZOQUXTDFSA-N N4-Methylcytidine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(NC)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 LZCNWAXLJWBRJE-ZOQUXTDFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 102000003729 Neprilysin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000028 Neprilysin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710096140 Neurogenin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039019 Nuclear receptor subfamily 0 group B member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100022669 Nuclear receptor subfamily 5 group A member 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000002123 RNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101001031368 Rattus norvegicus Histone H2A type 4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100037205 Sal-like protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100028910 Sodium channel protein type 1 subunit alpha Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100036831 Steroid hormone receptor ERR2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010048349 Steroidogenic Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029856 Steroidogenic factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100038409 T-box transcription factor TBX3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010043276 Teratoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029887 Translationally-controlled tumor protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100031278 Undifferentiated embryonic cell transcription factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010031318 Vitronectin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100035140 Vitronectin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000005466 Western Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000005806 Western equine encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000023940 X-Linked Combined Immunodeficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010084455 Zeocin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100020919 Zinc finger and SCAN domain-containing protein 10 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100023550 Zinc finger protein 42 homolog Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100023495 Zinc finger protein ZIC 3 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- FHHZHGZBHYYWTG-INFSMZHSSA-N [(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(2-amino-7-methyl-6-oxo-3h-purin-9-ium-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl [[[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(2-amino-6-oxo-3h-purin-9-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] phosphate Chemical group N1C(N)=NC(=O)C2=C1[N+]([C@H]1[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=C(C(N=C(N)N4)=O)N=C3)O)O1)O)=CN2C FHHZHGZBHYYWTG-INFSMZHSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010004469 allophycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003173 antianemic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N beta-L-uridine Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-PSQAKQOGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930189065 blasticidin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000005 chromosome aberration Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000011281 clinical therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000030609 dephosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006209 dephosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002257 embryonic structure Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N geneticin Natural products O1C[C@@](O)(C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(C)O)O2)N)[C@@H](N)C[C@H]1N BRZYSWJRSDMWLG-CAXSIQPQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000045835 human NEUROG2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000034217 membrane fusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108091072810 miR-294 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091076076 miR-295 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000011325 microbead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011017 operating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- CWCMIVBLVUHDHK-ZSNHEYEWSA-N phleomycin D1 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC[C@@H](N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCCCNC(N)=N)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C CWCMIVBLVUHDHK-ZSNHEYEWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010057417 polysialyl neural cell adhesion molecule Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108700029878 rat Neurog2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002207 retinal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004927 skin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001502 supplementing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N uracil arabinoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C=C1 DRTQHJPVMGBUCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940045145 uridine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004017 vitrification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 2
- LAQPKDLYOBZWBT-NYLDSJSYSA-N (2s,4s,5r,6r)-5-acetamido-2-{[(2s,3r,4s,5s,6r)-2-{[(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-acetamido-1,2-dihydroxy-6-oxo-4-{[(2s,3s,4r,5s,6s)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy}hexan-3-yl]oxy}-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy}-4-hydroxy-6-[(1r,2r)-1,2,3-trihydrox Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]([C@@H](NC(C)=O)C=O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@]2(O[C@H]([C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)C2)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 LAQPKDLYOBZWBT-NYLDSJSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005345 3' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000178568 Aura virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000231314 Babanki virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710946 Barmah Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000608319 Bebaru virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000231316 Buggy Creek virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100257359 Caenorhabditis elegans sox-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920001747 Cellulose diacetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001502567 Chikungunya virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000005956 Cosmos caudatus Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000006825 Eastern Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005804 Eastern equine encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014587 Encephalitis eastern equine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010066919 Epidemic polyarthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000832 Equine Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000219 Ethylene vinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000465885 Everglades virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000231322 Fort Morgan virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000608297 Getah virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710948 Highlands J virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyethyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCO WOBHKFSMXKNTIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000231318 Kyzylagach virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000608292 Mayaro virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010006035 Metalloproteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005741 Metalloproteases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000710949 Middelburg virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000868135 Mucambo virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100257363 Mus musculus Sox2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000608287 Ndumu virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710944 O'nyong-nyong virus Species 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710126211 POU domain, class 5, transcription factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000868134 Pixuna virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000297 Rayon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000710942 Ross River virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000608282 Sagiyama virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710961 Semliki Forest virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004566 Transfer RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000608278 Una virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930003427 Vitamin E Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000231320 Whataroa virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013528 artificial neural network Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002458 cell surface marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AIXMJTYHQHQJLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl210858 Chemical compound O1C(CC(=O)OC)CC(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)=N1 AIXMJTYHQHQJLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000244 chromosomal damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012864 cross contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032459 dedifferentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005860 defense response to virus Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004700 fetal blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012595 freezing medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC1CCC2C(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)C2O1 WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000722 genetic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002064 heart cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010038862 laminin 10 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 101150033420 lmo2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007885 magnetic separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002113 octoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013441 quality evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002964 rayon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010079 rubber tapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010473 stable expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000946 synaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003634 thrombocyte concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N triton Chemical compound [3H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-MNYXATJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940046009 vitamin E Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0696—Artificially induced pluripotent stem cells, e.g. iPS
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M23/00—Constructional details, e.g. recesses, hinges
- C12M23/28—Constructional details, e.g. recesses, hinges disposable or single use
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M23/00—Constructional details, e.g. recesses, hinges
- C12M23/44—Multiple separable units; Modules
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M27/00—Means for mixing, agitating or circulating fluids in the vessel
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M29/00—Means for introduction, extraction or recirculation of materials, e.g. pumps
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M29/00—Means for introduction, extraction or recirculation of materials, e.g. pumps
- C12M29/04—Filters; Permeable or porous membranes or plates, e.g. dialysis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M35/00—Means for application of stress for stimulating the growth of microorganisms or the generation of fermentation or metabolic products; Means for electroporation or cell fusion
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M37/00—Means for sterilizing, maintaining sterile conditions or avoiding chemical or biological contamination
- C12M37/02—Filters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M41/00—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation
- C12M41/12—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation of temperature
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M41/00—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation
- C12M41/30—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation of concentration
- C12M41/36—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation of concentration of biomass, e.g. colony counters or by turbidity measurements
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M41/00—Means for regulation, monitoring, measurement or control, e.g. flow regulation
- C12M41/48—Automatic or computerized control
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M45/00—Means for pre-treatment of biological substances
- C12M45/02—Means for pre-treatment of biological substances by mechanical forces; Stirring; Trituration; Comminuting
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12M—APPARATUS FOR ENZYMOLOGY OR MICROBIOLOGY; APPARATUS FOR CULTURING MICROORGANISMS FOR PRODUCING BIOMASS, FOR GROWING CELLS OR FOR OBTAINING FERMENTATION OR METABOLIC PRODUCTS, i.e. BIOREACTORS OR FERMENTERS
- C12M47/00—Means for after-treatment of the produced biomass or of the fermentation or metabolic products, e.g. storage of biomass
- C12M47/04—Cell isolation or sorting
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
- C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
- C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
- C12N5/0634—Cells from the blood or the immune system
Definitions
- sequence-listing.txt Date of Creation: Dec. 29, 2021; and Size: 4,209 bytes
- the present invention relates to a cell technology and relates to a pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system, a method for inducing stem cells, a floating culture method for stem cells, a floating culture vessel for stem cells, a method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, and a method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells.
- Embryonic stem cells are stem cells established from human or mouse early embryos. ES cells exhibit pluripotency that permits their differentiation into every cell in the organisms from which they were derived. Human ES cells are currently utilized in cell transplantation therapy to treat many diseases including: Parkinson's disease, juvenile diabetes, and leukemia.
- transplantation of ES cells can trigger immune rejection in a manner similar to the rejection which occurs subsequent to an unsuccessful organ transplantation.
- the use of ES cells established by destroying human embryos has generated a large amount of ethically-based criticism and a high degree of opposition.
- iPS cells induced pluripotent stem cells
- Sox2 somatic cells.
- iPS cells are the ideal type of pluripotent cells because they escape both immune rejection and the ethical problems.
- iPS cells will be used in cell transplantation therapy.
- Induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells have two characteristic potentials. The first is a potential for generating all somatic cells in the body. The second is the ability to proliferate semipermanently. Because iPS cells exhibit these two potentials, they can be used in transplantation therapy without rejection by producing iPS cells from an individual's own somatic cells and converting these cells to the somatic cells of interest. Therefore, iPS cells hold great promise in the field of regenerative medicine.
- Induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells have two characteristic potentials. The first is a potential for generating all somatic cells in the body. The second is the ability to proliferate semipermanently. Because iPS cells exhibit these two potentials, they can be used in transplantation therapy without rejection. This can be accomplished by generating iPS cells from an individual's own somatic cells and converting these cells to the somatic cells of interest. Therefore, iPS cells hold great promise in the field of regenerative medicine.
- iPS cells Several methods for producing iPS cells have been established to date. Typical examples of methods for producing iPS cells include methods using retroviruses or lentiviruses, and methods using episomal vectors.
- the retrovirus or the lentivirus can infect somatic cells so that genes encoding reprogramming factors are transferred into the cells. Furthermore, the retrovirus or the lentivirus can insert reprogramming factors into the genome of somatic cells to induce the stable expression of the reprogramming factors in the cells.
- the iPS cells produced using retroviruses or lentiviruses may retain residual viruses.
- the residual viruses might infect the patient. Therefore, these iPS cells cannot be used in transplantation.
- X-SCID X-linked combined immunodeficiency disease
- the patients have been reported to develop leukemia due to the activation of the LMO2 gene by the insertion of the vectors (see e.g., Non Patent Literatures 2 and 3).
- iPS cells produced using retroviruses or lentiviruses are problematic for utilization in clinical therapy.
- the methods for producing iPS cells using episomal vectors have been developed in order to overcome the problems of the gene transfer methods using retroviruses or lentiviruses (see e.g., Non Patent Literature 4).
- the episomal vectors are plasmids.
- the episomal vectors are replicated concurrently with cell division.
- reprogramming factors are not inserted into the genes of somatic cells. Because of this characteristic, episomal vectors can achieve intracellular expression of reprogramming factors over a long period of time to generate iPS cells without inserting genes into the deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) of the targeted somatic cells.
- iPS cells produced using episomal vectors are likewise difficult to utilize clinically.
- Non Patent Literature 6 a method for producing iPS cells using RNA has been proposed (see e.g., Non Patent Literature 6).
- RNA RNA-derived somatic cells
- iPS cell induction has resulted from the use of fetal or newborn fibroblasts. Therefore, unless iPS cells can be produced from adult human-derived somatic cells, their clinical application is difficult.
- fibroblasts necessary for the production of iPS cells a 1 cm squared piece of skin needs to be harvested. This puts a great deal of burden on the skin donor. After excision, the fibroblast cell culture line must be established by expansion culture. As these fibroblasts proliferate over the course of the expansion, there is a high likelihood that they will incur genomic damage and/or chromosomal aberrations.
- iPS cells Induced pluripotent stem cells
- iPS cells can generate every somatic cell in the body. Therefore, iPS cells, which can be converted to various types of somatic cells or tissues, are expected to be utilized for cell transplantation therapy and drug discovery research. For example, retinal cells produced from iPS cells were used in transplantation therapy in 2014. Numerous projects are underway around the world to generate brain cells (and cells of various other organs) from iPS cells for subsequent use in transplantation therapy.
- Neuronal cells include various subtypes of cells. Methods using hormones or chemical substances to induce the differentiation of ES/iPS cells into particular neuronal subtypes have failed to produce homogeneous cell populations. Therefore, drug discovery screening specific to a particular neuronal cell subtype cannot be achieved. Consequently, the effectiveness of drug discovery screening is low. Also, with regards to medical transplantation, distinct neuronal cell subtypes necessary for disease treatment cannot be enriched for transplantation.
- somatic cells of interest by directly transferring into ES/iPS cells, a gene containing the information to generate the properties of the particular somatic cells, using a virus, has been proposed.
- This method makes it possible to specifically produce mature neuronal cells in a much shorter time (two weeks) than the aforementioned methods which rely on the use of hormones or chemical substances.
- a homogeneous population of excitatory neurons can be obtained by transfecting specific genes into ES/iPS cells. Therefore, it is considered that drug discovery screening specific for a particular neuronal cell subtype can be achieved.
- specific neuronal cell subtypes can be enriched and transplanted to treat disease.
- Induced stem cells such as iPS cells are established by the transfer of inducers, such as genes, into cells. These are then expansion-cultured, and cryopreserved.
- inducers such as genes
- the clinical iPS cells need to be produced and preserved in a completely clean and sterile “clean room”. It is very expensive, however, to maintain the required level of cleanliness. Therefore, the production of iPS cells is costly, which presents a significant hurdle to industrialization.
- the procedures, from the establishment of stem cells to the preservation thereof, are complicated and require many manual techniques.
- the production of stem cells partly depends on operator skills. Therefore, the iPS cells may vary in quality depending on the producers, or the experimental batch.
- iPS cells from only a single person are produced at any given time period within a clean room. Furthermore, both the establishment and quality evaluation of iPS cells take a long time. Since iPS cells are only produced for one individual at a time per room, the production of iPS cells for many individuals takes a very long time.
- iPS cells As mentioned above, the production of iPS cells largely depends on manual procedures at present. Meanwhile, only a small number of technicians have the necessary skills to produce clinical iPS cells.
- an objective of the present invention is to provide a stem cell manufacturing system which makes it possible to manufacture stem cells.
- the culture of iPS cells in an adherent culture system requires a culture dish and therefore requires a very large space, resulting in poor culture efficiency. After induction of iPS cells or during expansion culture thereof, the iPS cells must be detached from the culture dish. The process of detaching iPS cells from the culture dish, however, largely damages the iPS cells. In addition, these procedures are complicated and unsuitable for mechanization.
- the iPS cells are contaminated with animal-derived components. Therefore, the iPS cells cocultured with feeder cells are inappropriate for clinical utilization.
- the production and expansion culture of iPS cells without feeder cells stress the iPS cells. This stress makes it likely that the iPS cells develop karyotype abnormalities, or chromosomal damage.
- a special coating must be applied to the culture dish, which further complicates the procedures.
- the iPS cells can proliferate merely two-dimensionally and therefore disadvantageously exhibit poor growth efficiency.
- iPS cells randomly aggregate and associate with each other to form cell clusters (colonies) of various sizes. Therefore, a uniform size distribution cannot be maintained among the colonies. If colonies become too large, nutrients or growth factors are unable to diffuse to the cells at the center of the colony, which results in differentiation or cell death of these innermost cells. Conversely, if colonies are too small, they are unsuitable for subculture.
- iPS cells are derived from a single somatic cell. Therefore, each iPS cell line, to a small extent, may have distinctive properties. Thus, it is very important to independently culture each colony and establish separate iPS cell lines. In this regard, when culturing iPS cells in a floating culture system, it is necessary to ensure that colonies of the iPS cells grow independently and separate from one another.
- the iPS cells In an adherent culture system, the iPS cells, each derived from a single somatic cell, independently form colonies. As mentioned above, however, in conventional floating culture systems, iPS cells randomly aggregate with each other to form colonies. Therefore, the clonality cannot be maintained for the colonies produced in conventional floating systems. As a result, no attempt at inducing and culturing iPS cells via conventional floating culture systems has yet successfully produced iPS colonies derived from an individual cell. Correspondingly, no method for conventional floating culture has been developed which makes it possible to establish independent iPS cell lines.
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a method for inducing stem cells, a floating culture method for stem cells, and a floating culture vessel for stem cells which makes it possible to culture iPS cells with isolated and separate colonies.
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a method for producing clinically available stem cells.
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a method to efficiently produce, in a short period of time, and without incurring genetic damage, a particular type of somatic cell from another type of animal cell.
- An aspect of the present invention provides a stem cell manufacturing system comprising: (a) a pre-transfer cell solution sending channel through which a solution containing cells flows; (b) an inducer solution sending mechanism which sends a pluripotency inducer into the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel; (c) an inducer transfer apparatus which is connected to the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel and transfers the pluripotency inducer into the cells to produce cells harboring the inducer; (d) a cell cluster production apparatus which cultures the cells harboring the inducer to produce a plurality of cell clusters consisting of stem cells; (e) a packaging apparatus which sequentially packages the plurality of cell clusters; and (f) a container which houses the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel, the inducer solution sending mechanism, the inducer transfer apparatus, the cell cluster production apparatus, and the packaging apparatus.
- the above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a separation apparatus which separates cells from blood, wherein a solution containing the cells separated by the separation apparatus may flow through the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel.
- the cell cluster production apparatus may comprise: a reprogramming culture apparatus which cultures the cells harboring the inducer produced by the inducer transfer apparatus; a first division mechanism which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells established by the reprogramming culture apparatus into a plurality of cell clusters; an expansion culture apparatus which expansion-cultures the plurality of cell clusters divided by the first division mechanism; a second division mechanism which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells expansion-cultured by the expansion culture apparatus into a plurality of cell clusters; and a cell cluster delivery mechanism which sequentially sends the plurality of cell clusters into the packaging apparatus.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus may comprise a first culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the cells harboring the inducer with a culture solution, and the expansion culture apparatus may comprise a second culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the plurality of cell clusters with a culture solution.
- the above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise: a reprogramming culture photography apparatus which photographs the cells cultured by the reprogramming culture apparatus; and an expansion culture photography apparatus which photographs the cells cultured by the expansion culture apparatus, wherein a colorless culture solution may be used in the reprogramming culture apparatus and the expansion culture apparatus.
- the inside wall of the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel may not be adhesive to cells.
- the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel and the inducer solution sending mechanism may be disposed on a substrate.
- the packaging apparatus may freeze the cell clusters using a Peltier device or liquid nitrogen.
- the packaging apparatus may freeze the cell clusters by a freezing method such as vapor compression or vapor absorption.
- the above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an air cleaning apparatus which cleans gas in the container.
- the above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of gas in the container.
- the above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a carbon dioxide concentration control apparatus which controls the carbon dioxide concentration of gas in the container.
- the above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a sterilization apparatus which performs dry heat sterilization or gas sterilization of the inside of the container.
- the inducer solution sending mechanism, the inducer transfer apparatus, the cell cluster production apparatus, and the packaging apparatus may be regulated on the basis of an operating procedure by a server, and the server may monitor whether or not the inducer solution sending mechanism, the inducer transfer apparatus, the cell cluster production apparatus, and the packaging apparatus are operated on the basis of the operating procedure, and make an operation record.
- the above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an apparatus which transfers the inducer into the stem cells to differentiate the stem cells into somatic cells.
- An aspect of the present invention provides a method for inducing stem cells, comprising inducing stem cells from somatic cells floating-cultured in a gel medium.
- the gel medium may not be stirred.
- the gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum.
- the gel medium may be free from a growth factor.
- the gel medium may contain a growth factor at a concentration of 40% by weight or lower.
- the gel medium may be free from bFGF.
- the gel medium may comprise a human ES/iPS culture medium.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium without a growth factor.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium with a growth factor at a concentration of 40% by weight or lower.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium without bFGF.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium with bFGF at a concentration of 400 ⁇ g/L or lower.
- the gel medium may not be stirred.
- the gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum.
- the gel medium may contain a ROCK inhibitor.
- the concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium may be 0.1 ⁇ 10 5 cells/mL or higher.
- the above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, dissociating the stem cells into single cells, and placing the stem cells dissociated into single cells in the gel medium.
- the single cells may form colonies while maintaining their clonality.
- the above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, hanging drop-culturing the stem cells using a grating plate to form colonies, and placing the formed colonies in the gel medium.
- the stem cells may proliferate while maintaining their undifferentiated states.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture vessel for stem cells comprising: a dialysis tube which accommodates stem cells and a gel medium; and a container which accommodates the dialysis tube, wherein a gel medium is placed around the dialysis tube.
- the molecular weight cut off of the dialysis tube may be 0.1 kDa or larger.
- the dialysis tube may be made of at least one member selected from cellulose ester, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, and cellulose acetate.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells comprising: placing stem cells and a gel medium in a dialysis tube; placing the dialysis tube in a container; placing a gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container; and floating-culturing the stem cells in the gel medium in the dialysis tube.
- the orders of placing the stem cells and the gel medium in the dialysis tube, placing the dialysis tube in the container, and placing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container are not particularly limited.
- a dialysis tube may be placed in a container, and then, the stem cells and the gel medium may be placed in the dialysis tube.
- a molecular weight cutoff of the dialysis tube may be 0.1 kDa or larger.
- the dialysis tube may be made of at least one member selected from cellulose ester, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, and cellulose acetate.
- the gel medium around the dialysis tube may be supplemented with a ROCK inhibitor.
- the gel medium may not be stirred.
- the gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum.
- the gel medium may be free from a growth factor.
- the gel medium may contain a growth factor at a concentration of 40% by weight or lower.
- the gel medium may be free from bFGF.
- the concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium may be 0.1 ⁇ 10 5 cells/mL or higher.
- the above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, dissociating the stem cells into single cells, and placing the stem cells dissociated into single cells in the gel medium.
- the single cells may form colonies while maintaining their clonality.
- the above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, hanging drop-culturing the stem cells using a grating plate to form colonies, and placing the formed colonies in the gel medium.
- the stem cells may proliferate while maintaining their undifferentiated states.
- the above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise replacing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- the above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise supplementing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- the gel medium in the dialysis tube may not be replaced.
- the gel medium may comprise a human ES/iPS culture medium.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a method for inducing stem cells by floating, comprising: placing somatic cells and a gel medium in a dialysis tube; placing the dialysis tube in a container; placing a gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container; and inducing stem cells from the somatic cells floating in the gel medium in the dialysis tube.
- the orders of placing the somatic cells and the gel medium in the dialysis tube, placing the dialysis tube in the container, and placing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container are not particularly limited.
- the dialysis tube may be placed in the container, and then, the somatic cells and the gel medium may be placed in the dialysis tube.
- a molecular weight cutoff of the dialysis tube may be 0.1 kDa or larger.
- the dialysis tube may be made of at least one member selected from cellulose ester, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, and cellulose acetate.
- the gel medium may not be stirred.
- the gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum.
- the gel medium may be free from a growth factor.
- the gel medium may be free from bFGF.
- the above method for inducing stem cells by floating may further comprise, before the floating culture, dissociating the somatic cells into single cells, and placing the somatic cells dissociated into single cells in the gel medium.
- the single cells may form colonies while maintaining their clonality.
- the above method for inducing stem cells by floating may further comprise replacing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- the above method for inducing stem cells by floating may further comprise supplementing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- the gel medium in the dialysis tube may not be replaced.
- the gel medium may comprise a human ES/iPS culture medium.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, comprising: preparing somatic cells; and transferring reprogramming factor RNAs into the somatic cells by a lipofection method.
- the somatic cells may be blood cells.
- the blood cells may be monocytes.
- the blood cells may be hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells.
- the blood cells may be CD34-positive.
- the blood cells may be blood cells separated on condition that the cells are CD34-positive.
- the blood cells may be CD3-positive.
- the blood cells may be separated on condition that the cells are CD3-positive.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs may comprise Oct3/4 mRNA, Sox2 mRNA, Klf4 mRNA, and c-Myc mRNA.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs may further comprise at least one member selected from the group consisting of GLIS1 mRNA, FOXH1 mRNA, L-MYC mRNA, and p53-dn mRNA.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs may further comprise LIN28A mRNA or LIN28B mRNA.
- an siRNA lipofection reagent or an mRNA lipofection reagent may be used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs.
- At least one member selected from Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX transfection reagent, Lipofectamine® MessengerMAX transfection reagent, Stemfect® RNA transfection reagent, and ReproRNA® transfection reagent may be used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs.
- the number of the blood cells for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be 1 to 1 ⁇ 10 8 cells.
- the amounts of the reprogramming factor RNAs for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be 5 ng to 50 ⁇ g per run.
- the amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be 0.1 ⁇ L to 500 ⁇ L per run.
- the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be performed for 0.1 hours or longer and 24 hours or shorter per run.
- the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be performed a plurality of times.
- the medium used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be Opti-MEM®.
- the above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells may further comprise separating the monocytes from blood using a filter.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, comprising: preparing animal cells; and transferring an inducer RNA into the animal cells by lipofection, to differentiate the animal cells into somatic cells.
- the animal cells may be stem cells.
- the stem cells may be induced pluripotent stem cells.
- the stem cells may be iPS cells.
- the stem cells may be embryonic stem cells.
- the animal cells may be human fibroblasts.
- the animal cells may be blood cells.
- the inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene.
- the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells may further comprise selecting cells that exhibit drug resistance after the lipofection.
- the inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to puromycin resistance gene.
- the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells may further comprise selecting cells that exhibit puromycin resistance after the lipofection.
- the somatic cells may be neuronal cells.
- the inducer RNA may comprise Ngn2 mRNA.
- the induced neuronal cells may be Ngn2-positive.
- the induced neuronal cells may be ⁇ -III Tubulin-, MAP2-, PsA-NCAM-, or vGlut-positive.
- MessengerMAX® may be used in the lipofection with the inducer RNA.
- the number of the cells for the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be 1 ⁇ 10 4 to 1 ⁇ 10 8 cells.
- the amount of the inducer RNA for the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be 200 ng to 5000 ng per run.
- the amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be 0.1 ⁇ L to 100 ⁇ L per run.
- the medium used in the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be Opti-MEM®.
- the animal cells may be differentiated into the somatic cells within ten days from the lipofection with the inducer RNA.
- the transfer of the inducer RNA into the animal cells by lipofection may be repeated a plurality of times.
- the animal cells may be cultured on a substrate coated with basement membrane matrix.
- the animal cells may be cultured in a medium with B18R.
- the animal cells may be cultured in a medium without B18R.
- the present invention makes it possible to provide a stem cell manufacturing system which enables the manufacture of stem cells.
- the present invention makes it possible to provide a method for inducing stem cells, a floating culture method for stem cells, and a floating culture vessel for stem cells which enables iPS cells to be cultured with their colonies separated.
- the present invention makes it possible to provide a method for producing clinically available induced pluripotent stem cells.
- the present invention makes it possible to provide a method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells which enables the efficient production of the particular somatic cells in a short period without damaging the genes of the animal cells.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic view of the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of one example of a post-transfer cell solution sending channel in the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of one example of a post-transfer cell solution sending channel in the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic view of a culture bag used in the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic view showing the floating culture vessel for stem cells according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1.
- FIG. 9 is a graph showing the status of differentiation of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1.
- FIGS. 10A and 10B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 2.
- FIGS. 11A to 11C are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 3.
- FIG. 12 is a photograph of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 3.
- FIGS. 13A to 13C are photographs of iPS cells according to Example 4.
- FIG. 14 is a graph showing the number of colonies of iPS cells according to Example 4.
- FIGS. 15A to 15D are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 4.
- FIG. 16 is a photograph of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 5.
- FIG. 17 is a graph showing the rate of colony formation for each density of the iPS cells according to Example 5.
- FIG. 18 is a graph showing the rate of colony formation for each amount of a medium according to Example 5.
- FIGS. 19A and 19B are photographs of iPS cells according to Example 6.
- FIG. 20 is a graph showing the number of colonies of iPS cells according to Example 6.
- FIGS. 21A and 21B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 7.
- FIG. 22 is a graph showing the number of colonies of iPS cells for each culture condition according to Example 7.
- FIGS. 23A and 23B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells for each medium according to Example 7.
- FIG. 24 is a graph showing the status of differentiation of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 7.
- FIGS. 25A to 25C are photographs of iPS cells according to Example 8.
- FIG. 26 is a graph showing the rate of colony formation for each amount of a medium according to Example 8.
- FIGS. 27A to 27C are photographs of a gel medium according to Example 9.
- FIGS. 28A to 28C are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 9.
- FIGS. 29A and 29B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 10.
- FIGS. 30A to 30D are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 11.
- FIGS. 31A and 31B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12.
- FIG. 32 is a graph showing the size of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12.
- FIG. 33 is a photograph of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12.
- FIG. 34 is a graph showing the status of differentiation of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12.
- FIG. 35 is a fluorescence microscope photograph according to Example 13.
- FIG. 36 is a graph showing analysis results using a fluorescence-activated flow cytometer according to Example 13.
- FIGS. 37A to 37C are photographs of cells according to Example 14.
- FIGS. 38A to 38C are photographs of cells according to Example 14.
- FIG. 39 is a graph showing the percentages of transfection efficiency and survival rate according to Example 14.
- FIGS. 40A to 40C are photographs of cells according to Example 15.
- FIGS. 41A to 41C are photographs taken by the observation under a fluorescence microscope of cells according to Example 15.
- FIG. 42 is a graph showing the percentage of TUJ-1-positive cells according to Example 15.
- FIG. 43 shows photographs of cells according to Example 15.
- FIG. 44 is a schematic view of a method for transfection according to Example 16.
- FIGS. 45A to 45D are photographs of cells according to Example 16.
- FIG. 46 shows photographs of cells according to Example 16.
- the stem cell manufacturing system comprises: a separation apparatus 10 which separates cells from blood; a pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 through which a solution containing the cells separated by the separation apparatus 10 flows; an inducer solution sending mechanism 21 which sends a pluripotency inducer into the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 ; an inducer transfer apparatus 30 which is connected to the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 and transfers the pluripotency inducer into the cells to produce cells harboring the inducer; a cell cluster production apparatus 40 which cultures the cells harboring the inducer to produce a plurality of cell clusters consisting of stem cells; and a packaging apparatus 100 which sequentially packages the plurality of cell clusters.
- the stem cell manufacturing system further comprises a container 200 which houses the separation apparatus 10 , the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 , the inducer solution sending mechanism 21 , the inducer transfer apparatus 30 , the cell cluster production apparatus 40 , and the packaging apparatus 100 .
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise: an air cleaning apparatus which cleans gas in the container 200 : a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of gas in the container 200 ; and a carbon dioxide concentration control apparatus which controls the carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) concentration of gas in the container 200 .
- the air cleaning apparatus may comprise a cleanliness sensor which monitors the cleanliness of gas in the container 200 .
- the air cleaning apparatus cleans air in the container 200 using, for example, a HEPA (high efficiency particulate air) filter.
- the air cleaning apparatus maintains the cleanliness of air in the container 200 at a cleanliness of between ISO 1 and ISO 6 according to the ISO Standard 14644-1, for example.
- the temperature control apparatus may comprise a temperature sensor which monitors the temperature of gas in the container 200 .
- the CO 2 concentration control apparatus may comprise a CO 2 concentration sensor which monitors the CO 2 concentration of gas in the container 200 .
- the container 200 is provided with, for example, a door. In a state where the door is closed, the inside is completely sealed so that the cleanliness, temperature, and CO 2 concentration of inside air can be kept constant.
- the container 200 is preferably transparent so that the internal state of the apparatus can be observed from the outside.
- the container 200 may be a glove box integrally comprising gloves such as rubber gloves.
- the separation apparatus 10 receives, for example, a vial containing human blood.
- the separation apparatus 10 comprises, for example, an anticoagulant tank which stores an anticoagulant such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), heparin, and Acid Citrate Dextrose Formula A solution (ACD-A solution, Terumo Corp.).
- the separation apparatus 10 adds the anticoagulant from the anticoagulant tank to the human blood using a pump or the like.
- the separation apparatus 10 comprises, for example, a reagent tank for separation which stores a reagent for monocyte separation such as Ficoll-Paque PREMIUM® (GE Healthcare Japan Corp.).
- the separation apparatus 10 dispenses the reagent for monocyte separation at 5 mL/tube to, for example, two 15-mL tubes from the reagent tank for separation using a pump or the like. Note that a resin bag may be used instead of the tube.
- the separation apparatus 10 further comprises a buffer solution tank which stores a buffer solution such as phosphate-buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate-buffered saline
- the separation apparatus 10 dilutes, for example, 5 mL of the human blood by adding 5 mL of the buffer solution from the buffer solution tank using a pump or the like.
- the separation apparatus 10 adds 5 mL of the diluted human blood onto the reagent for monocyte separation in each tube using a pump or the like.
- the separation apparatus 10 further comprises a centrifuge in which the temperature can be set.
- the centrifuge temperature is set to, for example, 18° C.
- the separation apparatus 10 places each tube containing the reagent for monocyte separation and the human blood, etc., in a holder of the centrifuge using a transportation apparatus or the like.
- the centrifuge centrifuges the solution in the tube, for example, at 400 ⁇ g for 30 minutes.
- a resin bag may be centrifuged instead of the tube.
- the separation apparatus 10 recovers a white cloudy intermediate layer composed of the monocytes in the solution in the tube using a pump or the like.
- the separation apparatus 10 sends the recovered monocyte suspension into the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 using a pump or the like.
- the separation apparatus 10 further adds, for example, 12 mL of PBS to 2 mL of the recovered monocyte solution and places the tube in a holder of the centrifuge. The centrifuge centrifuges the solution in the tube, for example, at 200 ⁇ g for ten minutes.
- the separation apparatus 10 removes the supernatant of the solution in the tube by aspiration using a pump or the like, and suspends the monocyte solution in the tube by adding 3 mL of a monocyte culture medium such as X-VIVO 10® (Lonza Japan Ltd.).
- the separation apparatus 10 sends the monocyte suspension into the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 using a pump or the like.
- the separation apparatus 10 may separate the monocytes from the blood using a dialysis membrane. Alternatively, in the case of using somatic cells, such as fibroblasts, separated in advance from the skin or the like, the separation apparatus 10 may be unnecessary.
- the separation apparatus 10 may separate cells suitable for induction by a method other than centrifugal separation.
- the cells to be separated are, for example, T cells, cells positive for any of CD3, CD4, and CD8 may be separated by panning.
- the cells to be separated are vascular endothelial progenitor cells, cells positive for CD34 may be separated by panning.
- the cells to be separated are B cells, cells positive for any of CD10, CD19, and CD20 may be separated by panning.
- the separation approach is not limited to panning, and the cells may be separated by a magnetic cell separation method, flow cytometry, or other methods.
- the separation apparatus 10 may separate cells suitable for induction by methods described in embodiments mentioned later.
- the cells suitable for induction may be separated using a magnetic separation apparatus on the basis of a cell surface marker.
- the cells suitable for induction may be separated using a filter.
- the cells to be induced are not limited to blood cells and may be fibroblasts or the like.
- the inducer solution sending mechanism 21 comprises an inducer transfer reagent tank which stores an inducer transfer reagent solution or the like.
- the inducer transfer reagent solution such as a gene transfer reagent solution contains, for example, an electroporation solution such as Human T Cell Nucleofector® (Lonza Japan Ltd.) solution, a supplement solution, and a plasmid set.
- the plasmid set contains, for example, 0.83 ⁇ g of pCXLE-hOCT3/4-shp53-F, 0.83 ⁇ g of pCXLE-hSK, 0.83 ⁇ g of pCE-hUL, and 0.5 ⁇ g of pCXWB-EBNA1.
- the inducer transfer reagent solution may contain reagents or the like described in the fourth and fifth embodiments mentioned later.
- an RNA encoding reprogramming factors may be transferred into the cells by a lipofection method.
- the inducer solution sending mechanism 21 sends the inducer transfer reagent solution into the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 using a micropump or the like such that the monocyte suspension is suspended in the inducer transfer reagent solution.
- the inside wall of the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 may not be adhesive to cells by coating with poly-HEMA (poly-2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto.
- poly-HEMA poly-2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate
- a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 .
- a CO 2 -permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 so that the internal conditions of the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO 2 concentration in the container 200 .
- the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination.
- the inducer transfer apparatus 30 connected to the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 is, for example, an electroporator, which receives the mixed solution of the inducer transfer reagent solution and the monocyte suspension and carries out the electroporation of the monocytes with the plasmids. After the electroporation, the inducer transfer apparatus 30 adds a monocyte culture medium to a solution containing the monocytes electroporated with the plasmids. The inducer transfer apparatus 30 sends the solution containing the monocytes electroporated with the plasmids (hereinafter, referred to as “cells harboring the inducer”) to a post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 using a pump or the like.
- cells harboring the inducer the solution containing the monocytes electroporated with the plasmids
- the inducer transfer apparatus 30 is not limited to an electroporator.
- the inducer transfer apparatus 30 may transfer the inducer into the cells by methods described in the fourth and fifth embodiments mentioned later.
- the medium may be a gel medium.
- the gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF).
- the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 ⁇ g/L or lower, 40 ⁇ g/L or lower, or 10 ⁇ g/L or lower.
- the gel medium may be free from tgf- ⁇ or may contain tgf- ⁇ at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower.
- the inside wall of the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 may be rendered non-adhesive by coating with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto.
- a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 .
- a CO 2 -permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 so that the internal conditions of the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO 2 concentration in the container 200 .
- the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination.
- the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 may be provided with a filter which removes dead cell clusters.
- a filter which removes dead cell clusters.
- one or more walls which intermittently change the inside diameter may be disposed in the inside of the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 .
- the inside diameter of the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 may be intermittently changed.
- the cell cluster production apparatus 40 connected to the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 comprises: a reprogramming culture apparatus 50 which cultures the cells harboring the inducer produced by the inducer transfer apparatus 30 ; a first division mechanism 60 which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells established by the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 into a plurality of cell clusters; an expansion culture apparatus 70 which expansion-cultures the plurality of cell clusters divided by the first division mechanism 60 ; a second division mechanism 80 which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells expansion-cultured by the expansion culture apparatus 70 into a plurality of cell clusters; and a cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 which sequentially sends the plurality of cell clusters into the packaging apparatus 100 .
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 can house a well plate therein.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 also comprises a pipetting machine.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 receives a solution containing the cells harboring the inducer from the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 and distributes the solution to wells by the pipetting machine.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 adds a stem cell culture medium such as StemFit® (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), for example, three, five, and seven days after the cells harboring the inducer are distributed into wells.
- Basic fibroblast growth factor (basic FGF) may be added as a supplement to the medium.
- sustained-release beads such as StemBeads FGF2 (Funakoshi Co., Ltd.), which continuously supply FGF-2 (basic FGF, bFGF, or FGF-b) to the medium may be added to the medium. Since FGF is sometimes unstable, the FGF may be stabilized by coupling a heparin-mimicking polymer to the FGF.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 further replaces the medium, for example, nine days after the cells harboring the inducer are distributed into wells and subsequently replaces the medium every two days until cell clusters (colonies) of iPS cells exceed 1 mm.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 After formation of the cell clusters, the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 recovers the cell clusters by the pipetting machine and adds a recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin, such as TrypLE Select® (Life Technologies Corp.), to the recovered cell clusters.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 further places a container containing the recovered cell clusters in an incubator where the cell clusters react with the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin at 37° C. for ten minutes in a 5% CO 2 environment.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may disrupt the cell clusters by pipetting using the pipetting machine.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may disrupt the cell clusters by passing the cell clusters through a pipe provided with a filter or a pipe whose inside diameter intermittently changes, as with the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 shown in FIG. 2 or 3 . Then, the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 adds a medium for pluripotent stem cells, such as StemFit® (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), to a solution containing the disrupted cell clusters.
- a medium for pluripotent stem cells such as StemFit® (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.
- the culture in the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may be performed in a CO 2 -permeable bag rather than in the well plate.
- the culture may be an adherent culture or may be a floating culture. In the case of floating culture, stirring the culture may be performed.
- the medium may be in an agar form. Examples of the medium in an agar form include gellan gum polymer. When the medium in an agar form is used, even in the form of floating culture, stirring is not required and it possible to produce a single cell cluster derived from one cell because the cells neither sink down nor adhere.
- the culture in the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may be a hanging drop culture.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may comprise a first culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the well plate or the CO 2 -permeable bag with a culture solution.
- the first culture solution replenishment apparatus may recover the culture solution in the well plate or the CO 2 -permeable bag, filter the culture solution using a filter or a dialysis membrane, and recycle the purified culture solution. In this case, a growth factor or the like may be added to the culture solution to be recycled.
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may further comprise, for example, a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of the culture solution, and a humidity control apparatus which controls humidity near the culture solution.
- the cells may be placed in a culture solution-permeable bag 301 , such as a dialysis membrane, as shown in FIG. 4 , and the culture solution-permeable bag 301 may be placed in a culture solution-impermeable and CO 2 -permeable bag 302 , while a culture solution may be placed in the bags 301 and 302 .
- a plurality of bags 302 containing a fresh culture solution may be prepared, and the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may replace the bag 302 in which the bag 301 containing the cells is placed, with another bag 302 containing a fresh culture solution at a predetermined time interval.
- the culture method in the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 is not limited to the methods described above, and the culture may be performed by methods described in the second and third embodiments mentioned later.
- a gel medium may be used.
- the gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF).
- the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 ⁇ g/L or lower, 40 ⁇ g/L or lower, or 10 ⁇ g/L or lower.
- the gel medium may be free from tgf- ⁇ or may contain tgf- ⁇ at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower.
- a floating culture vessel comprising: a dialysis tube which accommodates stem cells and a gel medium; and a container which accommodates the dialysis tube, wherein a gel medium is placed around the dialysis tube, may be used.
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a reprogramming culture photography apparatus which photographs the culture in the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 .
- a reprogramming culture photography apparatus which photographs the culture in the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 .
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an induction status monitor apparatus which calculates the percentage of induced cells by photographing the cells in the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 .
- the induction status monitor apparatus may identify the percentage of induced cells by an antibody immunostaining method or an RNA extraction method.
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an uninduced cell removal apparatus which removes uninduced cells by a magnetic cell separation method, flow cytometry, or the like.
- a first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 is connected to the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 .
- the reprogramming culture apparatus 50 sends a solution containing the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin and the cell clusters into the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 using a pump or the like.
- the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin may be unnecessary.
- the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 may be connected to a branched channel which has an inside diameter that permits passage of only induced cells having less than a predetermined size and removes uninduced cells having the predetermined size or larger.
- the inside wall of the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 may not be adhesive to cells by coating with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto.
- a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 .
- a CO 2 -permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 so that the internal conditions of the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO 2 concentration in the container 200 .
- the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination.
- the first cell cluster solution sending channel 51 is connected to the first division mechanism 60 .
- the first division mechanism 60 comprises, for example, a mesh. When passing through the mesh by hydraulic pressure, the cell clusters contained in the solution are divided into a plurality of cell clusters corresponding to the size of each pore of the mesh. For example, when the mesh has uniform sizes of pores, the sizes of the plurality of cell clusters thus divided are also almost uniform.
- the first division mechanism 60 may comprise a nozzle.
- the inside of a substantially conical nozzle is microfabricated in a staircase pattern.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 is connected to the first division mechanism 60 .
- the solution containing the cell clusters divided by the first division mechanism 60 is sent to the expansion culture apparatus 70 .
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 can house a well plate therein.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 also comprises a pipetting machine.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 receives a solution containing the plurality of cell clusters from the first division mechanism 60 and distributes the solution into wells by the pipetting machine. After the cell clusters are distributed into wells, the expansion culture apparatus 70 cultures the cell clusters at 37° C., for example, for approximately eight days, in a 5% CO 2 environment.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 replaces the medium as necessary.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 adds a recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin, such as TrypLE Select® (Life Technologies Corp.), to the cell clusters.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 further places a container containing the cell clusters in an incubator where the cell clusters react with the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin at 37° C. for one minute in a 5% CO 2 environment.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 adds a medium such as a maintenance culture medium to the solution containing the cell clusters.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 further detaches the cell clusters from the container using an automatic cell scraper or the like and sends a solution containing the cell clusters into the first division mechanism 60 via an expansion culture solution sending channel 71 .
- the culture in the expansion culture apparatus 70 may be performed in a CO 2 -permeable bag, not in the well plate.
- the culture may be an adherent culture or may be a floating culture. Alternatively, the culture may be a hanging drop culture.
- stirring culture may be performed.
- the medium may be in an agar form. Examples of the medium in an agar form include gellan gum polymer. When the medium in an agar form is used, even in the form of floating culture, stirring is not required because the cells neither sink down nor adhere.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 may comprise a second culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the well plate or the CO 2 -permeable bag with a culture solution.
- the second culture solution replenishment apparatus may recover the culture solution in the well plate or the CO 2 -permeable bag, filter the culture solution using a filter or a dialysis membrane, and recycle the purified culture solution. In this case, a growth factor or the like may be added to the culture solution to be recycled.
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 may further comprise, for example, a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of the culture solution, and a humidity control apparatus which controls humidity near the culture solution.
- the cells may be placed in a culture solution-permeable bag 301 , such as a dialysis membrane, as shown in FIG. 4 , and the culture solution-permeable bag 301 may be placed in a culture solution-impermeable and CO 2 -permeable bag 302 , while a culture solution may be placed in the bags 301 and 302 .
- a plurality of bags 302 containing a fresh culture solution may be prepared, and the expansion culture apparatus 70 may replace the bag 302 in which the bag 301 containing the cells is placed, with another bag 302 containing a fresh culture solution at a predetermined time interval.
- the culture method in the expansion culture apparatus 70 is not limited to the methods described above, and the culture may be performed by methods described in the second and third embodiments mentioned later.
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an expansion culture photography apparatus which photographs the culture in the expansion culture apparatus 70 .
- an expansion culture photography apparatus which photographs the culture in the expansion culture apparatus 70 .
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an induction status monitor apparatus which calculates the percentage of induced cells by photographing the cells in the expansion culture apparatus 70 .
- the induction status monitor apparatus may identify the percentage of induced cells by an antibody immunostaining method or an RNA extraction method.
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an uninduced cell removal apparatus which removes uninduced cells by a magnetic cell separation method, flow cytometry, or the like.
- the cell clusters divided by the first division mechanism 60 are cultured again in the expansion culture apparatus 70 .
- the division of the cell clusters in the first division mechanism 60 and the culture of the cell clusters in the expansion culture apparatus 70 are repeated until a necessary amount of cells is obtained.
- a second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 is connected to the expansion culture apparatus 70 .
- the expansion culture apparatus 70 sends a solution containing the expansion-cultured cell clusters detached from the container into the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 using a pump or the like.
- the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 may be connected to a branched channel which has an inside diameter that permits passage of only induced cells having less than a predetermined size and removes uninduced cells having the predetermined size or larger.
- the inside wall of the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 may not be adhesive to cells by coating with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto.
- a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 .
- a CO 2 -permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 so that the internal conditions of the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO 2 concentration in the container 200 .
- the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination.
- the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 is connected to the second division mechanism 80 .
- the second division mechanism 80 comprises, for example, a mesh. When passing through the mesh by hydraulic pressure, the cell clusters contained in the solution are divided into a plurality of cell clusters corresponding to the size of each pore of the mesh. For example, when the mesh has uniform sizes of pores, the sizes of the plurality of cell clusters thus divided are also almost uniform.
- the second division mechanism 80 may comprise a nozzle.
- the inside of a substantially conical nozzle is microfabricated in a staircase pattern.
- the cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 which sequentially sends a plurality of cell clusters to the packaging apparatus 100 is connected to the second division mechanism 80 .
- a pre-packaging cell channel 91 connects between the cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 and the packaging apparatus 100 .
- the cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 sequentially sends the cell clusters divided by the second division mechanism 80 to the packaging apparatus 100 via the pre-packaging cell channel 91 using a pump or the like.
- the pre-packaging cell channel 91 may be coated with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto.
- a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the pre-packaging cell channel 91 .
- a CO 2 -permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the pre-packaging cell channel 91 so that the internal conditions of the pre-packaging cell channel 91 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO 2 concentration in the container 200 .
- the pre-packaging cell channel 91 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination.
- a cryopreservation solution sending mechanism 110 is connected to the pre-packaging cell channel 91 .
- the cryopreservation solution sending mechanism 110 sends a cell cryopreservation solution into the pre-packaging cell channel 91 .
- the cell clusters are suspended in the cell cryopreservation solution in the pre-packaging cell channel 91 .
- the packaging apparatus 100 sequentially freezes the plurality of cell clusters sent via the pre-packaging cell channel 91 . For example, every time a cell cluster is received, the packaging apparatus 100 places the cell cluster in a CryoTube and instantly freezes the cell cluster solution, for example, at ⁇ 80° C. or lower. If a CryoTube having a small surface area per volume is used, freezing tends to be time-consuming. Therefore, it is preferred to use a CryoTube having a large surface area per volume. It is possible to increase the survival rate of cells after thawing by using a CryoTube having a large surface area per volume. Examples of the shape of the CryoTube include, but are not limited to, capillary and spherical shapes. Depending on the required survival rate of cells after thawing, the instant freezing is not necessarily required.
- a vitrification method is used in the freezing.
- DAP213 Cosmo Bio Co., Ltd.
- Freezing Medium ReproCELL Inc.
- the freezing may be performed by an ordinary method other than the vitrification method.
- CryoDefend-Stem Cell R&D Systems, Inc.
- STEM-CELLBANKER® Nippon Zenyaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.
- the freezing may be performed using liquid nitrogen or may be performed using a Peltier device. By using the Peltier device, it is possible to regulate the change in temperature and suppress temperature variations.
- the packaging apparatus 100 exports the CryoTube to the outside of the container 200 .
- the CryoTube is preferably a completely sealed system.
- the packaging apparatus 100 may package the stem cells in the CryoTube without freezing the stem cells.
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a packaging step photography apparatus which photographs the packaging step in the packaging apparatus 100 .
- the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a sterilization apparatus which sterilizes the inside of the container 200 .
- the sterilization apparatus may be a dry heat sterilization apparatus.
- the wiring of apparatuses, such as the separation apparatus 10 , the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 , the inducer solution sending mechanism 21 , the inducer transfer apparatus 30 , the cell cluster production apparatus 40 , and the packaging apparatus 100 which employ electricity is preferably wiring having heat resistance.
- the sterilization apparatus may sterilize the inside of the container 200 by emitting sterilization gas such as ozone gas, hydrogen peroxide gas, or formalin gas into the container 200 .
- the stem cell manufacturing system may transmit operation records of the separation apparatus 10 , the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 , the inducer solution sending mechanism 21 , the inducer transfer apparatus 30 , the cell cluster production apparatus 40 , and the packaging apparatus 100 , etc., and images taken by the photography apparatuses to an external server by wire or wirelessly.
- the external server may analyze, for example, the association of conditions (e.g., inducer transfer conditions, culture conditions, and freezing conditions) with results (e.g., the incomplete reprogramming of stem cells, the failure of stem cell differentiation and proliferation, and chromosomal aberration) using a neural network to extract a condition leading to the results or predict the results.
- the external server may further regulate the separation apparatus 10 , the inducer solution sending mechanism 21 , the inducer transfer apparatus 30 , the cell cluster production apparatus 40 , and packaging apparatus 100 , etc. in the stem cell manufacturing system on the basis of a standard operating procedure (SOP), monitor whether or not each apparatus is operated on the basis of SOP, and automatically make an operation record of each apparatus.
- SOP standard operating procedure
- the stem cell manufacturing system described above makes it possible to achieve the induction, establishment, expansion culture, and cryopreservation of stem cells such as iPS cells in a lump with full automation.
- the inducer transfer apparatus 30 may induce cells by RNA transfection, not by electroporation.
- the cells may be induced by virus (e.g., retrovirus, lentivirus, and Sendai virus) vectors or plasmids.
- virus e.g., retrovirus, lentivirus, and Sendai virus
- the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 , the post-transfer cell solution sending channel 31 , the cell cluster solution sending channel 51 , the expansion culture solution sending channel 71 , the cell cluster solution sending channel 72 , and the pre-packaging cell channel 91 may be disposed on a substrate by a microfluidics technique.
- An apparatus which transfers an inducer ribonucleic acid (RNA) into induced stem cells by lipofection to differentiate the stem cells into somatic cells may be connected to the stem cell manufacturing system.
- RNA inducer ribonucleic acid
- a method described in the sixth embodiment described later can be used as a method for transferring an inducer ribonucleic acid (RNA) into induced stem cells by lipofection to differentiate the stem cells into somatic cells.
- RNA inducer ribonucleic acid
- the somatic cells may be, for example, neuronal cells.
- the floating culture method for stem cells comprises floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium.
- the stem cells are, for example, induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells or embryonic stem cells (ES cells).
- the gel medium is not stirred.
- the gel medium is free from feeder cells.
- the stem cells proliferate in the gel medium while remaining in their undifferentiated states.
- the stem cells are dissociated into single cells, and the stem cells dissociated into single cells are placed in the gel medium.
- the single cells proliferate while maintaining their clonality to form colonies in the gel medium.
- the gel medium is prepared, for example, by adding deacetylated gellan gum at a final concentration of 0.5% by weight to 0.001% by weight, 0.1% by weight to 0.005% by weight, or 0.05% by weight to 0.01% by weight to a medium for stem cells.
- the gel medium may contain at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof.
- the gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- the gel medium may contain at least one temperature-sensitive gel selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- PGMA poly(glycerol monomethacrylate)
- PPMA poly(2-
- a human ES/iPS culture medium for example, Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.), can be used as the medium for stem cells.
- the medium for stem cells is not limited thereto, and various stem cell culture media can be used.
- a ROCK inhibitor is added at a final concentration of 1000 ⁇ mol/L or higher and 0.1 ⁇ mol/L or lower, 100 ⁇ mol/L or higher and 1 ⁇ mol/L or lower, or 5 ⁇ mol/L or higher and 20 ⁇ mol/L or lower to the gel medium every day.
- the ROCK inhibitor added to the gel medium promotes the formation of colonies by the stem cells.
- the gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF).
- the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 ⁇ g/L or lower, 40 ⁇ g/L or lower, or 10 ⁇ g/L or lower.
- the gel medium without a growth factor such as bFGF or the gel medium with a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration tends to promote the formation of colonies by the stem cells, as compared with a gel medium with a growth factor such as bFGF at a high concentration.
- the gel medium may be free from tgf- ⁇ or may contain tgf- ⁇ at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower.
- the concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium may be, for example, 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells/mL or higher, 2.25 ⁇ 10 5 cells/mL or higher, or 2.5 ⁇ 10 5 cells/mL or higher. If the concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium is lower than 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells/mL, the rate of colony formation tends to be decreased.
- the floating culture method for stem cells makes it possible to form stem cell colonies from single cells.
- this method is a floating culture method
- the stem cells do not collide with each other because the floating culture method for stem cells does not require stirring the medium. Therefore, it is possible to maintain the clonality of the colonies.
- the stem cells are, for example, iPS cells
- the stem cell colonies can maintain homogeneous sizes.
- the floating culture method makes it possible to culture a large number of colonies in a small space as compared with the adherent culture method. Note that stem cell clusters may be maintenance-cultured in the floating culture.
- a growth factor such as bFGF or Tgf- ⁇ has been thought to be essential for the culture of ES/iPS cells since the discovery of ES/iPS cells.
- a growth factor such as bFGF is rapidly decomposed under a culture condition of approximately 37° C. Therefore, it is necessary to replace a culture solution with bFGF or Tgf- ⁇ with a fresh one every day or to add bFGF or Tgf- ⁇ , etc. thereto every day.
- the bFGF used for culture is usually a recombinant protein.
- a recombinant protein at a clinical grade needs to be produced according to very strict rules.
- bFGF concentration of bFGF
- a low concentration of 10 ng/mL it has been considered that mouse-derived fibroblasts need to be used as feeder cells.
- stem cells cocultured with feeder cells derived from an animal such as a mouse cannot be used in transplantation or regenerative medicine. This has been a bottleneck in the clinical utilization of stem cells.
- the feeder-free culture solution usually contains bFGF in 25 times the amount of that contained in a culture solution using feeder cells and contains bFGF at a very high concentration such as 100 ng/mL.
- bFGF a very high concentration such as 100 ng/mL.
- many iPS cells are destroyed.
- ES/iPS cells cultured in the feeder-free culture solution containing a high concentration of bFGF tend to be less likely to differentiate into particular somatic cells. Therefore, the feeder-free culture solution is partly responsible for decreasing the efficiency of production of somatic cells necessary for transplantation from stem cells.
- the floating culture method for stem cells according to the second embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to culture and proliferate the stem cells without the use of feeder cells while maintaining their undifferentiated states. Even though feeder cells are not used, the floating culture method for stem cells according to the second embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to culture and proliferate the stem cells without the use of a growth factor such as bFGF or with the use of a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration while maintaining their undifferentiated states.
- the floating culture vessel for stem cells comprises: a dialysis tube which accommodates stem cells and a gel medium; and a container which accommodates the dialysis tube, wherein a gel medium is placed around the dialysis tube.
- the dialysis tube is permeable to, for example, a ROCK inhibitor.
- a molecular weight cutoff of the dialysis tube is 0.1 kDa or larger, 10 kDa or larger, or 50 kDa or larger.
- the dialysis tube is made of, for example, cellulose ester, ethylcellulose, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, polysulfone, polyacrylonitrile, polymethyl methacrylate, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a polyester-based polymer alloy, polycarbonate, polyamide, cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cuprammonium rayon, saponified cellulose, a hemophan membrane, a phosphatidylcholine membrane, or a vitamin E-coated membrane.
- a conical tube such as a centrifugal tube can be used as the container.
- the container is made of, for example, polypropylene.
- the stem cells to be placed in the dialysis tube are the same as in the second embodiment.
- the gel medium to be placed in the dialysis tube is the same as in the second embodiment.
- the gel medium to be placed in the dialysis tube may be free from a ROCK inhibitor.
- the gel medium to be placed around the dialysis tube in the container is the same as in the second embodiment.
- the gel medium to be placed around the dialysis tube in the container contains a ROCK inhibitor.
- the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container is replaced or supplemented with a fresh gel medium.
- the replacement of the gel medium in the dialysis tube may be unnecessary.
- the floating culture vessel for stem cells according to the third embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to avoid aspirating the stem cells even if the medium around the dialysis tube is replaced with a fresh medium, because the stem cells are in the dialysis tube.
- the amount of the medium in the dialysis tube is hardly changed even when the medium around the dialysis tube is replaced with a fresh medium. Therefore, the density of the stem cells in the dialysis tube is not changed.
- a high concentration of waste products in the dialysis tube moves to the outside of the dialysis tube.
- the medium component moves from the outside medium of the dialysis tube into the dialysis tube with decrease in the concentration of the medium component of the medium in the dialysis tube. Therefore, it is possible to keep the medium around the stem cells fresh.
- the method for inducing stem cells comprises inducing stem cells from somatic cells floating-cultured in a gel medium.
- the somatic cells are, for example, fibroblasts.
- the stem cells are, for example, iPS cells.
- the gel medium is not stirred.
- the gel medium is free from feeder cells.
- the gel medium is prepared, for example, by adding deacetylated gellan gum at a final concentration of 0.5% by weight to 0.001% by weight, 0.1% by weight to 0.005% by weight, or 0.05% by weight to 0.01% by weight to a medium for stem cells.
- the gel medium may contain at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof.
- the gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- the gel medium may contain at least one temperature-sensitive gel selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- PGMA poly(glycerol monomethacrylate)
- PPMA poly(2-
- a human ES/iPS culture medium for example, Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.), can be used as the medium for stem cells.
- the medium for stem cells is not limited thereto, and various stem cell culture media can be used.
- the gel medium is placed in, for example, a tube.
- the gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF).
- a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF).
- the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 ⁇ g/L or lower, 40 ⁇ g/L or lower, or 10 ⁇ g/L or lower.
- the gel medium may be free from tgf- ⁇ or may contain tgf- ⁇ at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower.
- Example 1 500 mL of Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.) and 0.2 mL of bFGF (Gibco PHG0266) having a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/mL were mixed to prepare a human iPS medium with bFGF.
- Deacetylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to the human iPS medium with bFGF to prepare a human iPS gel medium with bFGF. Further, 5 mL of trypsin having a concentration of 2.5% by weight, 5 mL of collagenase IV having a concentration of 1 mg/mL, 0.5 mL of CaCl 2 ) having a concentration of 0.1 mol/L, 10 mL of KnockOut Serum Replacement® (Invitrogen 10828-028), and 30 mL of purified water were mixed to prepare a dissociation solution generally called a CTK solution.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish (Thermo Fisher Scientific 12-556-004) containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed by the addition of PBS (Santa Cruz Biotech sc-362183) at 500 ⁇ L/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the 6-well dish.
- a dissociation solution (Accutase®) was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the iPS medium with bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B The results are shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B .
- FIG. 6B aggregation among iPS cell colonies was notably observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum in the non-adherent dish.
- FIG. 6A conspicuous aggregation was not observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium with bFGF in the 15-mL tube.
- FIG. 7A is a photograph taken at day 1 when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium with bFGF in the 15-mL tube.
- FIGS. 7A and 7B are photographs taken at day 9 when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium with bFGF in the 15-mL tube. From the photographs of FIGS. 7A and 7B , the iPS cells of different lines were confirmed to form their respective colonies without being aggregated with each other.
- FIG. 8A is a photograph taken immediately before the colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the gel medium were reseeded over feeder cells.
- FIG. 8B is a photograph taken three days later when the colonies were morphologically confirmed. As a result, as shown in FIG. 9 , 95% more of the colonies were confirmed to be undifferentiated.
- the same human iPS medium with bFGF and human iPS gel medium with bFGF as in Example 1 were prepared.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 ⁇ L/well to the dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the dish.
- the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer. After the cell counting, 5 ⁇ 10 5 iPS cells were seeded to a 15-mL tube and subsequently floating-cultured without stirring.
- the human iPS gel medium with bFGF was used in the 15-mL tube.
- a ROCK inhibitor was added at 10 ⁇ mol/L to each medium.
- 500 ⁇ L of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF was added to the 15-mL tube every day.
- This gel medium (500 ⁇ L) contained 0.5 ⁇ L of the ROCK inhibitor.
- iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days under the same conditions as above except that the ROCK inhibitor was not added.
- the iPS cells formed no colonies when the ROCK inhibitor was not added to the human iPS medium with bFGF.
- the iPS cells formed colonies when the ROCK inhibitor was added to the human iPS medium with bFGF.
- a human iPS gel medium with bFGF was prepared in the same way as in Example 1. Also, a human iPS medium without bFGF which was the same as the human iPS medium with bFGF except for being free from bFGF was prepared. Further, a human iPS gel medium without bFGF which was the same as the human iPS gel medium with bFGF except for being free from bFGF was prepared. In addition, deacylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to a commercially available serum-free, xeno-free, and feeder-free medium for reprogramming to prepare a gel medium for comparison.
- deacylated gellan gum Nasan Chemical Industries Ltd.
- the human iPS gel medium with bFGF contained bFGF only at approximately 1/25 of the concentration of that in the gel medium for comparison.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed once with PBS. 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added thereto, and the iPS cells were scraped up using a scraper and suspended approximately ten times in a 15-mL centrifugal tube so as not to become single cells. Then, 2 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added thereto, and the mixture was divided into 1 mL each of three equal portions, which were centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge.
- the supernatant was removed from the 15-mL centrifugal tube, and 2 mL of the gel medium for comparison, the human iPS gel medium with bFGF, or the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. From the next day, 500 ⁇ L of the same gel medium as the initial one was added to the centrifugal tube every day, and the iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days.
- FIG. 11A shows a typical example of colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the gel medium for comparison prepared from the commercially available feeder-free medium.
- FIG. 11B shows a typical example of colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the human iPS gel medium with bFGF.
- FIG. 11C shows a typical example of colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF.
- the iPS cells could be cultured even in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF and the human iPS gel medium with bFGF, which contained bFGF only at approximately 1/25 of the concentration of that of the gel medium for comparison.
- the iPS cells were reseeded over feeder cells, and their colonies were morphologically observed.
- the upper photographs of FIG. 12 each show the colonies in the gel medium.
- the middle photographs of FIG. 12 each show the colonies two days after the reseeding of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days over feeder cells. In each case, undifferentiated colonies were confirmed to occupy 90% or more.
- FIG. 12 show the colonies seven days after the reseeding of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days over feeder cells.
- Example 3 The same human iPS medium without bFGF, human iPS gel medium with bFGF, and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared. Also, deacylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to a commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium to prepare a gel medium for comparison. A ROCK inhibitor was added at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L to all of the gel media.
- deacylated gellan gum Nasan Chemical Industries Ltd.
- a ROCK inhibitor was added at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L to all of the gel media.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 ⁇ L/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the 6-well dish. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the iPS medium with bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- the iPS cells derived from the single cells were unable to be cultured in the gel medium for comparison.
- the iPS cells derived from single cells could be cultured in the human iPS gel medium with bFGF and the human iPS gel medium without bFGF.
- the human iPS gel medium with bFGF had a bFGF concentration of 4 ⁇ g/mL, and the gel medium for comparison had a bFGF concentration of 100 ⁇ g/mL.
- the iPS cells floating-cultured in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF formed colonies at twice or more the number of the colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured in the human iPS gel medium with bFGF.
- iPS cells were dissociated into single cells and cultured for seven days using a medium in which a ROCK inhibitor was added at 10 ⁇ mol/L to the human iPS medium with bFGF or the human iPS medium without bFGF supplemented with deacylated gellan gum at 0.02% by weight.
- 5 ⁇ 10 5 cells were suspended in 1.5 mL of each gel medium, and 1.5 mL of the medium in which a ROCK inhibitor was added at 10 ⁇ mol/L to each gel medium was added thereto every day.
- a 10-fold amount of PBS was added to the iPS cells cultured for seven days. After centrifugation at 270 g using a centrifuge, the supernatant was discarded, and 0.3 mL of Accumax was added to the culture vessel, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, 0.7 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added thereto so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- the human iPS medium (the medium with bFGF for the cells cultured in the medium with bFGF, or the medium without bFGF for the cells cultured in the medium without bFGF) was added thereto, and the iPS cells were cultured for another seven days using a centrifuge in the same way as in the previous seven days. After the culture, an aliquot was reseeded over feeder cells. After three more days, the cells were stained with antibodies against NANOG and OCT3/4 and observed. The results are shown in FIGS. 15A to 15D . The iPS cells cultured in the gel medium for a total of 14 days were positive for the undifferentiation markers NANOG and OCT3/4. These results demonstrated that iPS cells can be cultured by long-term culture in a gel medium while maintaining their undifferentiated states, even when the gel medium without bFGF is used.
- Example 3 The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared. A ROCK inhibitor was added at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L to both of the gel media.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 ⁇ L/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accutase was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- FIG. 16 shows a photograph of the colonies at each of the number of the seeding cells.
- FIG. 17 shows results of determining the ratio of the number of the iPS cells that formed colonies to the number of the seeded iPS cells.
- the iPS cells seeded at 5 ⁇ 10 5 cells formed colonies at 10 or more times the number of the colonies of the iPS cells seeded at 1 ⁇ 10 5 or 2.5 ⁇ 10 5 cells.
- 1 ⁇ 10 5 iPS cells were placed per centrifugal tube, and 200 ⁇ L, 400 ⁇ L, 1000 ⁇ L, or 2000 ⁇ L of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. From the next day, 100 ⁇ L, 200 ⁇ L, 5000 ⁇ L, or 1000 ⁇ L of the gel medium was added to the centrifugal tube every day, and the iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days.
- FIG. 18 shows results of determining the ratio of the number of the iPS cells that formed colonies to the number of the seeded iPS cells.
- Example 3 The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 ⁇ L/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- a dialysis module (Spectrum Laboratories G235035) equipped with a dialysis tube having a molecular weight cutoff of 100 kDa. No ROCK inhibitor was placed in the dialysis tube.
- the dialysis module was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube.
- a ROCK inhibitor was further added at a final concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L to the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube.
- the ROCK inhibitor was not added to some centrifugal tubes. Then, 10 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh gel medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- the fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L.
- the iPS cells significantly formed colonies by the culture as shown in FIG. 19B when the human iPS gel medium without bFGF supplemented with the ROCK inhibitor was placed around the dialysis tube, as compared with the culture as shown in FIG. 19A when the human iPS gel medium without bFGF and the ROCK inhibitor was placed around the dialysis tube.
- Example 3 The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 ⁇ L/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the 6-well dish. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- the fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L.
- the floating-culture was continued for seven days in some centrifugal tubes without replacing the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube.
- the individual colonies formed by the iPS cells were found to be large in the case where the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh gel medium as shown in FIG. 21A , as compared with the case where the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was not replaced as shown in FIG. 21B .
- the colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days were further reseeded over feeder cells, and the maintenance of the undifferentiated states of the iPS cells was confirmed from the morphology of the colonies. As shown in FIGS. 23 and 24 , 80% or more of the colonies maintained their undifferentiated states even if the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was or was not replaced.
- Example 3 The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 ⁇ L/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing 5 ⁇ 10 5 iPS cells was placed in a dialysis tube of a dialysis module.
- the dialysis module was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube.
- a ROCK inhibitor was further added at 10 ⁇ mol/L to the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube.
- 10 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh gel medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- the fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L.
- a first control 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing 5 ⁇ 10 5 iPS cells was placed in a dialysis tube of a dialysis module. The dialysis tube was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube. A ROCK inhibitor was further added at 10 ⁇ mol/L to the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum around the dialysis tube. Then, 10 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- the number of the colonies of the iPS cells was increased with the use of dialysis tube as compared without the use of the dialysis tube. Furthermore, the number of the colonies the iPS cells was increased with the use of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube as compared with the use of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum around the dialysis tube.
- a human iPS medium with bFGF 500 mL of Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.) and 0.2 mL of bFGF (Gibco PHG0266) having a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/mL were mixed to prepare a human iPS medium with bFGF. Also, a human iPS medium without bFGF was prepared from 500 mL of Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.) without mixing with bFGF (Gibco PHG0266). Further, a commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium was prepared.
- Deacetylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to the human iPS medium without bFGF, the human iPS medium with bFGF, and the commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium to prepare a human iPS gel medium without bFGF, a human iPS gel medium with bFGF, and a gel medium for comparison.
- OCT3/4, SOX2, KLF4, and c-MYC were transferred to human fibroblasts using retrovirus.
- 1 ⁇ 10 5 cells were suspended in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF and cultured in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF, the human iPS gel medium with bFGF, or the gel medium for comparison.
- iPS cells were produced.
- the diagrams are shown in FIGS. 27A to 27C .
- the iPS cells produced in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF were reseeded over feeders. Two days later, their colonies were morphologically confirmed and consequently were, as shown in FIG. 28A , undifferentiated iPS cell colonies.
- Example 10 Clonality of iPS Cells Induced in Polymer Medium
- iPS cells After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the iPS medium without bFGF was added to a centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the iPS medium without bFGF was added thereto. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer. After the cell counting, 2.5 ⁇ 10 5 iPS cells were stained using Cell explorer live cell labeling kit Red and cell explorer live cell labeling kit Green (AAT BioQuest, Inc.).
- the stained cells were mixed, and 5 ⁇ 10 5 iPS cells were seeded to a non-adherent dish or a 15-mL tube and subsequently floating-cultured without stirring.
- a non-adherent dish 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was used.
- non-adherent dish 2 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum was used.
- a ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals S1049) was added at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L to each medium. Then, 500 ⁇ L of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day.
- the fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L.
- the ROCK inhibitor was added at a final concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- FIG. 29A aggregation among distinctively stained iPS cell colonies was notably observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the medium without gellan gum in the non-adherent dish. As a result of quantification, 40% or more of the cells were aggregated. By contrast, as shown in FIG. 29B , such aggregation was not observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium without bFGF in the 15-mL tube.
- the medium used was 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF or the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum, and the iPS cells were cultured in the tube or the non-adherent dish for five days to seven days.
- a ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals 51049) was added at 10 ⁇ mol/L to each medium. Then, 500 ⁇ L of the human iPS medium with bFGF and the gellan gum or the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum was added to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day. The ROCK inhibitor was added at a final concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day, and the floating culture was continued for five days to seven days.
- FIG. 30A is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum in the tube. In this case, the iPS cells were precipitated and were thus unable to be cultured.
- FIG. 30B is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and the gellan gum in the tube. In this case, the iPS cells were neither precipitated nor aggregated.
- FIG. 30C is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum in the dish. In this case, the iPS cells were aggregated and were thus unable to be cultured.
- FIG. 30D is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and the gellan gum in the dish. In this case, the iPS cells were aggregated and were thus unable to be cultured.
- Example 3 The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared. Also, a commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium was prepared.
- Grating plates (Spheroid Generator MPs 500 and MPc 500, Kuraray Co., Ltd.) provided with a plurality of through-holes in a grid pattern having an upper opening diameter of 0.8 mm and a lower opening diameter of 0.5 mm, were prepared.
- the CTK solution was added at 300 ⁇ L/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO 2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 ⁇ L/well to the dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the dish, which was then placed in a CO 2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- iPS cells 2.5 ⁇ 10 5 iPS cells were seeded to each grating plate and hanging drop-cultured for two days using each through-hole of the grating plate to form colonies having uniform sizes as shown in FIG. 31A .
- the colonies having uniform sizes were placed in 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF, and the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing the colonies was placed in a dialysis tube of a dialysis module.
- the dialysis module was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium without gellan gum was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube.
- the fresh medium to be placed for the replacement contained a ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L.
- the method for producing induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells comprises: preparing somatic cells; and transferring RNAs encoding reprogramming factors into the somatic cells by a lipofection method.
- the somatic cells are, for example, blood cells.
- the blood cells are separated from blood.
- the blood is, for example, peripheral blood or umbilical cord blood, though the blood is not limited thereto.
- the blood may be collected from an adult or may be collected from a minor.
- an anticoagulant such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), heparin, or Acid Citrate Dextrose Formula A solution (ACD-A solution) is used.
- EDTA ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid
- ACD-A solution Acid Citrate Dextrose Formula A solution
- the blood cells are, for example, nucleated cells such as monocytes, neutrophils, basophils, or lymphocytes and exclude erythrocytes, granulocytes, and platelets.
- the blood cells may be, for example, vascular endothelial progenitor cells, hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells, T cells, or B cells.
- the T cells are, for example, ⁇ T cells.
- the monocytes are separated from blood using a medium for blood cell separation and a centrifugal separation apparatus, etc.
- a medium for blood cell separation and a centrifugal separation apparatus, etc.
- Ficoll GE Healthcare Japan Corp.
- the method for separating the monocytes is as follows.
- a centrifuge is set to 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C. 10 ⁇ L to 50 mL of blood is collected from an adult or minor human, and a chelating agent containing EDTA is added to the blood so as not to clot the blood, followed by gentle mixing.
- a medium for human lymphocyte separation (Ficoll-Paque PREMIUM, GE Healthcare Japan Corp.) is dispensed at 5 mL/tube to two 15-mL tubes. 5 mL of PBS is added to 5 mL of the blood for dilution, and 5 mL of the diluted blood is layered on the medium for human lymphocyte separation in each tube. At this time, the diluted blood is slowly added onto the medium such that the blood runs down the wall of the tube so as not to disturb the interface.
- the solution in each tube is centrifuged at 10 ⁇ g to 1000 ⁇ g, preferably 400 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for five minutes to two hours, preferably 30 minutes. After the centrifugation, a white cloudy intermediate layer appears in the tube. This white cloudy intermediate layer contains monocytes.
- the white cloudy intermediate layer in the tube is gradually recovered with Pipetman and transferred to a new 15-mL tube. In this operation, it is necessary to avoid sucking out the lower layer.
- the white cloudy intermediate layer can be recovered in an amount of approximately 1 mL from one tube. The intermediate layers from the two tubes are transferred together to one tube.
- 1 mL to 48 mL, preferably 12 mL, of PBS is added to the recovered monocytes, and the solution is further centrifuged at 10 ⁇ g to 1000 ⁇ g, preferably 200 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably ten minutes. Then, the supernatant of the solution is removed by aspiration using an aspirator, and the monocytes are suspended by the addition of 1 mL to 12 mL, preferably 3 mL, of a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium (X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.) having known compositions to obtain a monocyte suspension. A 10 ⁇ L aliquot of the monocyte suspension is stained with Trypan Blue and counted using a hemocytometer.
- a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.
- a centrifuge is set to 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C. 8 mL of blood is collected from an adult or minor human using a blood collection tube (Vacutainer®, Becton, Dickinson and Company) and mixed with an anticoagulant by inversion. Then, the balance is adjusted, and the solution is centrifuged at 100 ⁇ g to 3000 ⁇ g, preferably 1500 ⁇ g to 1800 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably 20 minutes using a swing rotor. After the centrifugation, the upper layer, which is a plasma layer, is removed, and the monocyte layer and hemocytes sticking to the gel are suspended by pipetting to obtain a suspension. The obtained suspension is transferred to another 15-mL tube.
- a blood collection tube Vautainer®, Becton, Dickinson and Company
- 1 mL to 14 mL, preferably 12 mL, of PBS is added to the suspension in the 15-mL tube, and the suspension is centrifuged at 100 ⁇ g to 3000 ⁇ g, preferably 200 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably five minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant is removed using an aspirator.
- a hematopoietic agent (PharmLyse®, X10 concentrate, Becton, Dickinson and Company) is diluted to X1 concentration with sterilized water.
- the pellets in the 15-mL tube are dissociated by tapping, and 1 mL to 14 mL, preferably 1 mL, of the hematopoietic agent is added thereto. Then, the solution is left standing at room temperature in the dark for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably one minute.
- 1 mL to 14 mL, preferably 12 mL, of PBS is added to the 15-mL tube, and the solution is centrifuged at 100 ⁇ g to 3000 ⁇ g, preferably 200 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably room temperature, for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably five minutes.
- the supernatant is removed using an aspirator, and the monocytes are suspended by the addition of 1 mL to 15 mL, preferably 3 mL, of a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium (X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.) having known compositions to obtain a monocyte suspension.
- a 10 ⁇ L aliquot of the monocyte suspension is stained with Trypan Blue and counted using a hemocytometer.
- the method for separating the monocytes from blood is not limited to the methods described above, and, for example, the monocytes may be separated from blood using a dialysis membrane.
- PurecellSelect System® for Whole Blood MNC Enrichment Pall Corp.
- Cellsorba E® Asahi Kasei Corp.
- a leukocyte removal filter made for platelet concentrates Sepacell PL®, PLX-5B-SCD, Asahi Kasei Corp.
- CTL-UP1 distributed from Cellular Technology Limited, PBMC-001 from Sanguine Biosciences, Inc., or the like may be used as the monocytes.
- blood cells cryopreserved using a cell cryopreservation solution such as Cellbanker 1, Stem-Cellbanker GMP grade, or Stem-Cellbanker DMSO-free GMP grade (Nippon Zenyaku Kogyo Co., Ltd) may be thawed and used as the blood cells.
- a cell cryopreservation solution such as Cellbanker 1, Stem-Cellbanker GMP grade, or Stem-Cellbanker DMSO-free GMP grade (Nippon Zenyaku Kogyo Co., Ltd) may be thawed and used as the blood cells.
- a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium (X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.) having known compositions is placed in advance in a 15-mL tube, and a tube containing frozen monocytes is placed in a warm bath of 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 37° C., to start the thawing of the monocytes. Then, the tube containing the monocytes with a small amount of ice still remaining is taken out of the warm bath, and the monocytes are transferred to the tube containing the serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium having known compositions. A 10 ⁇ L aliquot of the monocyte suspension is stained with Trypan Blue and counted using a hemocytometer.
- the blood cells may be separated on the basis of their cells surface markers.
- Hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells are positive for CD34.
- T cells are positive for any of CD3, CD4, and CD8.
- B cells are positive for any of CD10, CD19, and CD20.
- the hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells, the T cells, or the B cells are separated from blood cells using, for example, an automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus.
- monocytes separated in advance may be prepared.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs may be transferred to blood cells that have not been separated on the basis of cell surface markers.
- CD34-positive cells are stem/progenitor cells and tend to be reprogrammed.
- T cells which are CD3-positive cells
- the iPS cells derived from the T cells retain a TCR recombination system and therefore tend to be efficiently induced to differentiate into T cells.
- the method for separating the CD34-positive cells is as follows.
- 10 ⁇ L of IL-6 (100 ⁇ g/mL), 10 ⁇ L of SCF (300 ⁇ g/mL), 10 ⁇ L of TPO (300 ⁇ g/mL), 10 ⁇ L of Flt3 ligand (300 ⁇ g/mL), and 10 ⁇ L of IL-3 (10 ⁇ g/mL) are added to 10 mL of a serum-free medium (StemSpan H3000, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) to prepare a hemocyte culture medium (hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium).
- a serum-free medium StemL
- hemocyte culture medium hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium
- 1 mL to 6 mL, preferably 2 mL, of the hemocyte culture medium is placed in one well of a 6-well plate.
- 1 mL to 6 mL, preferably 2 mL, of PBS is placed in each of the remaining five wells.
- the 6-well plate is placed in an incubator of 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 37° C., and incubated.
- a column buffer containing 10 ⁇ L to 1 mL, preferably 80 ⁇ L, of EDTA (500 mmol/L) and 10 ⁇ L to 1 mL, preferably 200 ⁇ L, or FBS added to 20 mL of PBS is prepared.
- a monocyte suspension containing 1 ⁇ 10 4 to 1 ⁇ 10 9 , preferably 2 ⁇ 10 7 monocytes is dispensed to 15-mL tubes, and the monocyte suspension is centrifuged at 100 ⁇ g to 3000 ⁇ g, preferably 300 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for ten minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant is removed, and the monocytes are suspended in 100 ⁇ L to 1 mL, preferably 300 ⁇ L, of the column buffer.
- 10 ⁇ L to 1 mL, preferably 100 ⁇ L, of FcR Blocking Reagent (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) and 10 ⁇ L to 1 mL, preferably 100 ⁇ L, of CD34 MicroBead Kit (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) are added to the monocyte suspension in the 15-mL tube.
- the FcR Blocking Reagent is used for enhancing the specificity of MicroBead labeling.
- the monocyte suspension is mixed and left standing at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for one minute to two hours, preferably 30 minutes.
- the monocyte suspension in the 15-mL tube is diluted by the addition of 1 mL to 15 mL, preferably 10 mL, of the column buffer and centrifuged at 100 ⁇ g to 1000 ⁇ g, preferably 300 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for one minute to two hours, preferably ten minutes.
- the supernatant in the 15-mL tube is removed using an aspirator, and the monocytes are resuspended by the addition of 10 ⁇ L to 10 mL, preferably 500 ⁇ L, of the column buffer.
- a column for automatic magnetic cell separation apparatuses (MS column, Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) is attached to an automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus (MiniMACS Separation Unit, Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), and the column is washed by the addition of 10 ⁇ L to 10 mL, preferably 500 ⁇ L, of the column buffer.
- the monocytes are placed in the column.
- 10 ⁇ L to 10 mL, preferably 500 ⁇ L, of the column buffer is further placed in the column, and the column is washed once to ten times, preferably three times.
- the column is detached from the automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus and placed in a 15-mL tube.
- 10 ⁇ L to 10 mL, preferably 1000 ⁇ L, of the column buffer is placed in the column, and a syringe is immediately pushed to elute CD34-positive cells into the 15-mL tube.
- the CD34-positive cell suspension 10 ⁇ L of the CD34-positive cell suspension is stained with Trypan Blue, and the number of the cells is counted using a hemocytometer.
- the CD34-positive cell suspension in the 15-mL tube is centrifuged at 100 ⁇ g to 1000 ⁇ g, preferably 300 ⁇ g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for one minute to two hours, preferably ten minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant is removed using an aspirator. Further, the CD34-positive cells are resuspended in the hemocyte culture medium warmed in advance, and the CD34-positive cells are seeded over a culture plate. Then, the CD34-positive cells are cultured at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 37° C., in a 1% to 20%, preferably 5% CO 2 environment for six days. During this culture, medium replacement may be unnecessary.
- the method for isolating cells on the basis of a marker other than CD34 is the same as the method for isolating the CD34-positive cells.
- the blood cells to which the reprogramming factor RNAs are to be transferred are cultured in, for example, a T cell culture medium or a hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium.
- a T cell culture medium In the case of producing T cell-derived iPS cells, the T cell culture medium is used.
- the hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium In the case of producing iPS cells from CD34-positive cells, the hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium is used.
- the culture conditions involve, for example, a CO 2 concentration of 5%, an oxygen concentration of 25% or lower, and a temperature of 37° C. or lower.
- the blood cells to which the reprogramming factor RNAs are to be transferred are cultured in a feeder-free manner using a basement membrane matrix such as Matrigel (Corning Inc.), CELLstart® (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), or Laminin 511 (Nippi, Inc.).
- a basement membrane matrix such as Matrigel (Corning Inc.), CELLstart® (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), or Laminin 511 (Nippi, Inc.).
- a culture solution such as Primate ES Cell Medium, Reprostem, ReproFF, ReproFF2, ReproXF (ReproCELL Inc.), mTeSR1, TeSR2, TeSRE8, ReproTeSR (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.), PluriSTEM® Human ES/iPS Medium (Merck KGaA), NutriStem® XF/FF Culture Medium for Human iPS and ES Cells, Pluriton reprogramming medium (Stemgent Inc.), PluriSTEM®, StemFit AK02N, StemFit AK03 (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), ESC-Sure® serum and feeder free medium for hESC/iPS (Applied StemCell, Inc.), and L7® hPSC Culture System (Lonza Japan Ltd.) may be used.
- PluriSTEM® Human ES/iPS Medium Merck KGaA
- NutriStem® XF/FF Culture Medium for Human iPS and ES Cells Pluriton
- the blood cells are placed in a spinner flask and cultured with stirring.
- the blood cells may be placed in a 0.001% to 10% gellan gum solution, at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of deacetylated gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof, or a temperature-sensitive gel and cultured.
- the gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- the temperature-sensitive gel may contain at least one member selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), polyisopropylacrylamide, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- PGMA poly(glycerol monomethacrylate)
- the medium may contain at least one substance selected from the group consisting of cadherin, laminin, fibronectin, and vitronectin.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs are transferred to the blood cells.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs comprise, for example, Oct3/4 mRNA, Sox2 mRNA, Klf4 mRNA, and c-Myc mRNA.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs may further comprise an mRNA of at least one factor selected from the group consisting of LIN28A, LIN28B, GLIS1, FOXH1, p53-dominant negative, p53-P275S, L-MYC, NANOG, DPPA2, DPPA4, DPPA5, ZIC3, BCL-2, E-RAS, TPT1, SALL2, NAC1, DAX1, TERT, ZNF206, FOXD3, REX1, UTF1, KLF2, KLF5, ESRRB, miR-291-3p, miR-294, miR-295, NR5A1, NR5A2, TBX3, MBD3sh, TH2A, and TH2B.
- Each mRNA may be modified with at least one member selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine ( ⁇ ), 5-methyluridine (5meU), N1-methylpseudouridine (me1 ⁇ ), 5-methoxyuridine (5moU), 5-hydroxymethyluridine (5hmU), 5-formyluridine (5fU), 5-carboxymethyl ester uridine (5camU), thienoguanosine (thG), N4-methylcytidine (me4C), 5-methylcytidine (m5C), 5-methoxycytidine (5moC), 5-hydroxymethylcytidine (5hmC), 5-hydroxycytidine (5hoC), 5-formylcytidine (5fC), 5-carboxycytidine (5caC), N6-methyl-2-aminoadenosine (m6DAP), diaminopurine (DAP), 5-methyluridine (m5U), 2′-O-methyluridine (Um or m2′-OU), 2-thiouridine (s
- the mRNA may be polyadenylated.
- the mRNA may be prepared by the polyadenylation of an in vitro transcribed (IVT) RNA.
- IVT in vitro transcribed
- the mRNA may be polyadenylated during IVT by using a DNA template encoding poly(A) tail.
- the mRNA may be capped.
- the mRNA may have a 5′cap[m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] structure. This sequence stabilizes mRNA and promotes mRNA transcription. From an mRNA having 5′ triphosphate, the 5′ triphosphate may be removed by dephosphorylation treatment.
- the mRNA may have [3′O-Me-m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] as an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA).
- ARCA is a sequence that is inserted upstream of a transcription start point and doubles the efficiency of mRNA transcription.
- the mRNA may have poly(A) tail.
- the mRNA may be a replicative RNA having the ability to self-propagate.
- the replicative RNA is an RNA having the ability to self-propagate and, unlike usual RNA, also has the ability to express proteins necessary for RNA replication.
- the replicative RNA is derived from Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE) viruses, which are Alphaviruses. Upon lipofection of cells with the replicative RNA, RNA continuously yielding reprogramming factors can be expressed in the cells. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the need of adding RNA every day.
- VEE Venezuelan equine encephalitis
- the sequence of the replicative RNA may comprise a sequence obtained from Alphavirus replicon RNA or Alphavirus selected from the group consisting of eastern equine encephalitis (EEE) virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE) virus, Everglades virus, Mucambo virus, Pixuna virus, and western equine encephalitis (WEE) virus.
- EEE eastern equine encephalitis
- VEE Venezuelan equine encephalitis
- Everglades virus equine encephalitis
- Mucambo virus Venezuelan equine encephalitis
- Pixuna virus Pixuna virus
- WEE western equine encephalitis
- the replicative RNA may also comprise a sequence obtained from Alphavirus selected from the group consisting of Sindbis virus, Semliki Forest virus, Middelburg virus, Chikungunya virus, O′nyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Barmah Forest virus, Getah virus, Sagiyama virus, Bebaru virus, Mayaro virus, Una virus, Aura virus, Whataroa virus, Babanki virus, Kyzylagach virus, Highlands J virus, Fort Morgan virus, Ndumu virus, and Buggy Creek virus.
- Alphavirus selected from the group consisting of Sindbis virus, Semliki Forest virus, Middelburg virus, Chikungunya virus, O′nyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Barmah Forest virus, Getah virus, Sagiyama virus, Bebaru virus, Mayaro virus, Una virus, Aura virus, Whataroa virus, Babanki virus, Kyzylagach virus, Highlands J virus, Fort Morgan virus, Ndumu virus, and Buggy
- the replicative RNA contains (VEE RNA replicase)-(promoter)-(RF1)-(self-cleavable peptide)-(RF2)-(self-cleavable peptide)-(RF3)-(IRES or core promoter)-(RF4)-(IRES or any promoter)-(any selectable marker)-(VEE 3′UTR and poly(A) tail)-(any selectable marker)-promoter in the direction of 5′-4 3′.
- the RF1-4 is a factor that induces the dedifferentiation of somatic cells into pluripotent cells.
- the RF2-3, the RF3-4, and the RF4 are arbitrarily selected.
- the RF1 to RF4 may be selected from the group consisting of Oct-4, Klf4, Sox-2, c-Myc, LIN28A, LIN28B, GLIS1, FOXH1, p53-dominant negative, p53-P275S, L-MYC, NANOG, DPPA2, DPPA4, DPPA5, ZIC3, BCL-2, E-RAS, TPT1, SALL2, NAC1, DAX1, TERT, ZNF206, FOXD3, REX1, UTF1, KLF2, KLF5, ESRRB, miR-291-3p, miR-294, miR-295, NR5A1, NR5A2, TBX3, MBD3sh, TH2A, and TH2B.
- the reprogramming factor RNAs are transferred into the blood cells by, for example, a lipofection method.
- the lipofection method is a method which involves forming a complex of nucleic acids (negatively charged substances) and positively charged lipids through electrical interaction, and taking up the complex into cells by endocytosis or membrane fusion.
- the lipofection method has advantages such as little damage on cells, excellent transfer efficiency, convenient operation, and a short duration.
- RNA lipofection reagent For example, a short interfering RNA (siRNA) or a lipofection reagent is used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs.
- siRNA lipofection reagent and an mRNA lipofection reagent can be used as the RNA lipofection reagent.
- Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Lipofectamine® MessengerMAX (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Lipofectamine® 2000, Lipofectamine® 3000, Neon Transfection System (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Stemfect RNA transfection reagent (STEMGENT), NextFect® RNA Transfection Reagent (Bioo Scientific Corp.), Amaxa® Human T cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1002), Amaxa® Human CD34 cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1003), and ReproRNA® transfection reagent (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) can be used as the RNA lipofection reagent.
- the number of the blood cells for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is, for example, 1 to 1 ⁇ 10 8 cells, 1 ⁇ 10 4 cells to 5 ⁇ 10 6 cells, or 5 ⁇ 10 5 cells to 5 ⁇ 10 6 cells.
- the amounts of the reprogramming factor RNAs for the lipofection per mL of a culture solution are, for example, 5 ng to 50 ⁇ g, 50 ng to 10 ⁇ g, or 600 ng to 3 ⁇ g per run.
- the amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection is, for example, 0.1 ⁇ L to 500 ⁇ L, 1 ⁇ L to 100 ⁇ L, or 1 ⁇ L to 40 ⁇ L per run.
- the lipofection with the reprogramming factors is performed for 0.1 hours or longer and 24 hours or shorter, two hours or longer and 21 hours or shorter, 12 hours and 30 minutes or longer and 18 hours and 30 minutes or shorter, or 18 hours per run.
- 0.1 hours or longer and 24 hours or shorter two hours or longer and 21 hours or shorter, 12 hours and 30 minutes or longer and 18 hours and 30 minutes or shorter, or 18 hours per run.
- the number of the cells is 4 ⁇ 10 5 , 6 ⁇ L of RNAiMAX or 3 ⁇ L of MessengerMAX is used.
- the lipofection for reprogramming is repetitively performed, for example, once two days or once a day or for five days or longer and nine days or shorter, six days or longer and eight days or shorter, or seven days. However, when the mRNA is a replicative RNA, the lipofection may be performed once.
- the medium used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is, for example, a low-serum medium such as Opti-MEM® (Gibco).
- TRA-1-60 is an antigen specific for iPS/ES cells and is not detected in somatic cells. Since iPS cells can be obtained from only a TRA-1-60-positive fraction, TRA-1-60-positive cells are considered as a species of iPS cells.
- the induced pluripotent stem cells are produced by transferring RNA that permits expression of reprogramming factors into the somatic cells e.g., blood cells, and expressing the reprogramming factors. Therefore, it is possible to produce the induced pluripotent stem cells without the integration of the reprogramming factors into the DNA of the somatic cells.
- the reprogramming factors are inserted into somatic cell DNA. This damages the genome and triggers oncogenesis of the cells.
- the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention it is possible to produce induced pluripotent stem cells without the insertion of the genes into the genome and without the possibility of associated tumorigenesis, because RNA encoding the reprogramming factors is employed. Therefore, the induced pluripotent stem cells produced by the production method according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to satisfy the good manufacturing practice of clinically available cells.
- the viruses remain in the produced induced pluripotent stem cells.
- the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention no virus is required because the reprogramming factor RNAs are transferred by lipofection. Therefore, no virus remains in the produced induced pluripotent stem cells.
- the induced pluripotent stem cells produced by the production method according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to satisfy the good manufacturing practice of clinically available cells.
- a conventional method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells using electroporation largely damages cells and destroys a large number of cells before induction.
- the lipofection used in the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention has little damage on cells and does not destroy a large number of cells before induction. Furthermore, the lipofection does not require expensive equipment and is performed by a convenient process.
- the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells makes it possible to collect blood cells by low invasive blood collection.
- a sufficient number of blood cells necessary for the production of induced pluripotent stem cells can be obtained from blood collection. Therefore, unlike fibroblasts, blood cells do not have to proliferate before induction of induced pluripotent stem cells.
- blood cells are free from the risk of DNA injury that may occur during culture for the proliferation.
- skin cells blood cells can be collected without being aired out. Therefore, induced pluripotent stem cells can be induced from the blood cells in a clean sealed system from the stage of blood collection. In this regard as well, the blood cells are suitable for clinical utilization.
- Human blood cells were obtained from a healthy adult human male. Also, modified mRNAs (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.), a non-adherent dish, a 15-mL tube, a 50-mL tube, Ficoll, a flow cytometer (Becton, Dickinson and Company), an antibody against CD34 (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), an antibody against CD3 (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), MACS® buffer (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), a T cell culture medium, a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco), an siRNA transfer reagent (Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX, Thermo Fisher Science, Inc.), and an antibody against TRA-1-60 (Becton, Dickinson and Company) were prepared.
- modified mRNAs TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.
- a non-adherent dish a 15-mL tube, a 50-mL tube, Ficol
- the T cell (CD3-positive cell) culture medium was a mixed solution of the following A medium and B medium.
- the A medium was a mixed solution of 15 mL of X vivo-10 (Lonza Japan Ltd., 04-743Q) and IL-2 (10 ⁇ g/mL).
- the B medium was prepared by mixing X vivo-10 and 50 ⁇ L of Dynabeads CD3/CD28 (Life Technologies Corp., 111-31D) into a 1.5-mL tube, vortexing the tube for five seconds, then spinning down the tube, leaving the tube standing on DynaMag-2 (Thermo Fisher Science, Inc.), and after the 1-minute standing, removing the supernatant.
- 10 ⁇ L of IL-6 (100 ⁇ g/mL), 10 ⁇ L of SCF (300 ⁇ g/mL), 10 ⁇ L of TPO (300 ⁇ g/mL), 10 ⁇ L of Flt3 ligand (300 ⁇ g/mL), and 10 ⁇ L of IL-3 (10 ⁇ g/mL) were added to 10 mL of a serum-free medium (StemSpan H3000, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) to prepare a hemocyte culture medium (hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium).
- an OCT3/4 mRNA-containing solution, a SOX2 mRNA-containing solution, a KLF4 mRNA-containing solution, a c-MYC mRNA-containing solution, a LIN28A mRNA-containing solution, and a green fluorescence protein (GFP) mRNA-containing solution were prepared to have their respective concentrations of 100 ng/ ⁇ L.
- a centrifuge was set to 18° C. 5 mL to 50 mL of blood was collected, and EDTA was added to the blood, followed by gentle mixing.
- a medium for human lymphocyte separation (Ficoll-Paque PREMIUM, GE Healthcare Japan Corp.) was dispensed at 5 mL/tube to two 15-mL tubes. 5 mL of PBS was added to the blood for dilution, and 5 mL of the diluted blood was layered on the medium for human lymphocyte separation in each tube. At this time, the diluted blood was slowly added onto the medium such that the blood ran down the wall of the tube so as not to disturb the interface.
- the solution in the tube was centrifuged at 400 ⁇ g at 18° C. for 30 minutes. In this operation, both acceleration and deceleration were slowly performed. After the centrifugation, a white cloudy intermediate layer appeared in the tube. This white cloudy intermediate layer contained monocytes.
- the white cloudy intermediate layer in the tube was gradually recovered with Pipetman and transferred to a new 15-mL tube. In this operation, attention was paid to avoid sucking out the lower layer.
- the white cloudy intermediate layer could be recovered in an amount of approximately 1 mL from one tube. The intermediate layers from the two tubes were transferred together to one tube.
- 1 ⁇ 10 7 monocytes were made to react with the antibodies against CD34 or the antibodies against CD3 in 100 ⁇ L of a solution of 4° C. for 15 minutes. After the reaction, 5 mL of MACS® buffer (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) was added to the solution, and the mixture was centrifuged at 270 g. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of MACS buffer was added to the cells. Then, CD34-positive cells or CD3-positive cells among the monocytes were separated by using the separation program of an automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus (autoMACS, Miltenyi Biotec K.K.).
- autoMACS automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus
- 5 ⁇ 10 6 separated monocytes were suspended in 1 mL of the T cell culture medium or the hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium, seeded to a 12-well plate, and cultured.
- the culture conditions involved a CO 2 concentration of 5%, an oxygen concentration of 19%, and a temperature of 37° C.
- a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) and 25 ⁇ L of the reprogramming factor mixed solution were mixed to prepare a first mixed solution.
- the obtained lipofection reaction solution was gently added at 60 ⁇ L/well to the 12-well plate containing the monocytes in the process of culture, and the monocytes were subsequently cultured in a feeder-free manner at 37° C. for 18 hours.
- the culture conditions involved a CO 2 concentration of 5%, an oxygen concentration of 19%, and a temperature of 37° C.
- the density of the monocytes was 3 ⁇ 10 6 cells when the lipofection reaction solution was added. 18 hours later, the monocytes were recovered into a 15-mL tube and centrifuged at 300 g, followed by the removal of the supernatant. Then, 1.25 mL of the hemocyte culture medium for CD34 was added to the 15-mL tube.
- the monocyte suspension was brought back to the same 12-well plate as above.
- the monocytes were cultured overnight in a feeder-free manner at 37° C.
- the culture conditions involved a CO 2 concentration of 5% and an oxygen concentration of 19%. These steps were repeated every two days for seven days.
- the density of the cells lipofected a total of four times was 3 ⁇ 10 6 cells.
- An aliquot of the cells was taken out of the 12-well plate, and the expression of GFP was confirmed under a fluorescence microscope.
- the expression of GFP was confirmed. From these results, the proteins were confirmed to be synthesized from the mRNA harbored by the monocytes transfected with the mRNA.
- a dot plot was prepared with autofluorescence intensity on the x-axis against the fluorescence intensity of the fluorescently labeled anti-TRA-1-60 antibody on the y-axis.
- the TRA-1-60-positive cells were not detected in a negative control that did not harbor the genes.
- the TRA-1-60-positive cells were detected in Experiments 1, 2, and 3.
- Experiment 1 depicts the results of inducing iPS cells from the whole of the monocytes that were not separated on the basis of a marker.
- Experiment 2 depicts the results of inducing iPS cells from the CD3-positive separated cells.
- Experiment 3 depicts the result of inducing iPS cells from the CD34-positive separated cells.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells comprises: preparing animal cells; and transferring an inducer ribonucleic acid (RNA) into the animal cells by lipofection to differentiate the animal cells into somatic cells.
- RNA inducer ribonucleic acid
- the animal cells include stem cells. Both induced pluripotent stem cells (iPS cells) and embryonic stem cells (ES cells) can be used as the stem cells.
- the animal cells may be human fibroblasts or human blood cells.
- a culture solution such as Primate ES Cell Medium, mTeSR1, TeSR2, or TeSRE8 (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) may be used for culturing the stem cells.
- the medium for culturing the stem cells may contain a gel.
- the gel may contain at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of deacylated gellan gum, gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof.
- the gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- the gel may be a temperature-sensitive gel.
- the temperature-sensitive gel may be at least one member selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- PGMA poly(glycerol monome
- the medium for culturing the stem cells may contain at least one substance selected from the group consisting of cadherin, laminin, fibronectin, and vitronectin.
- the somatic cells produced from the animal cells are, for example, neuronal cells, though the somatic cells are not limited thereto.
- somatic cells such as myocardial cells, hepatic cells, retinal cells, corneal cells, and blood cells may be produced.
- the inducer RNA to be transferred into the animal cells comprises, for example, neurogenin 2 (Ngn2) mRNA.
- the Ngn2 is a switch protein necessary for differentiation into neuronal cells.
- the inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene.
- the drug is, for example, an antibiotic such as puromycin, neomycin, blasticidin, G418, hygromycin, or Zeocin.
- the cells harboring the inducer RNA exhibit the drug resistance.
- Each mRNA comprised in the inducer RNA may be modified with at least one member selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine ( ⁇ ), 5-methyluridine (5meU), N1-methylpseudouridine (me1 ⁇ ), 5-methoxyuridine (5moU), 5-hydroxymethyluridine (5hmU), 5-formyluridine (5fU), 5-carboxymethyl ester uridine (5camU), thienoguanosine (thG), N4-methylcytidine (me4C), 5-methylcytidine (m5C), 5-methoxycytidine (5moC), 5-hydroxymethylcytidine (5hmC), 5-hydroxycytidine (5hoC), 5-formylcytidine (5fC), 5-carboxycytidine (5caC), N6-methyl-2-aminoadenosine (m6DAP), diaminopurine (DAP), 5-methyluridine (m5U), 2′-O-methyluridine (Um or m2′-
- the mRNA may polyadenylated.
- the mRNA may be prepared by the polyadenylation of an in vitro transcribed (IVT) RNA.
- IVT in vitro transcribed
- the mRNA may be polyadenylated during IVT by using a DNA template encoding poly(A) tail.
- the mRNA may be capped. For maximizing the efficiency of expression in cells, a great majority of mRNA molecules may contain caps.
- the mRNA may have a 5′cap[m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] structure. This sequence stabilizes mRNA and promotes mRNA transcription. From an mRNA having 5′ triphosphate, the 5′ triphosphate may be removed by dephosphorylation treatment.
- the mRNA may have [3′O-Me-m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] as an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA).
- ARCA is a sequence that is inserted upstream of a transcription start point and doubles the efficiency of mRNA transcription.
- the mRNA may have poly(A) tail.
- the inducer RNA comprises, for example, Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc., an RNA corresponding to the DNA described in SEQ ID NO: 1).
- Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.
- the mRNA may be capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
- AAA anti-reverse cap analog
- the 5-methylcytidine and the pseudouridine reduce the ability of an antibody to recognize mRNA.
- An RNA corresponding to the DNA described in SEQ ID NO: 2 may be used.
- the DNA described in SEQ ID NO: 2 is derived from the DNA of SEQ ID NO: 1 by the removal of an xba1 restriction site.
- the inducer RNA is transferred into the animal cells by a lipofection method.
- the lipofection method is a method which involves forming a complex of nucleic acids (negatively charged substances) and positively charged lipids through electrical interaction, and taking up the complex into cells by endocytosis or membrane fusion.
- the lipofection method has advantages such as little damage on cells, excellent transfer efficiency, convenient operation, and a short duration.
- Lipofectamine MessengerMAX® is used as a lipofection reagent in the lipofection with the inducer RNA.
- Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Lipofectamine® 2000, Lipofectamine® 3000, Neon Transfection System (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Stemfect RNA transfection reagent (STEMGENT), NextFect® RNA Transfection Reagent (Bioo Scientific Corp.), Amaxa® Human T cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1002), Amaxa® Human CD34 cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1003), and ReproRNA® transfection reagent (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) may be used as a lipofection reagent.
- the number of the cells for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is 1 ⁇ 10 4 to 1 ⁇ 10 8 , 5 ⁇ 10 4 to 1 ⁇ 10 6 , or 1 ⁇ 10 5 to 5 ⁇ 10 5 per well.
- the area of the bottom of one well is 4 cm 2 .
- the amount of the inducer RNA for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is 200 ng to 5000 ng, 400 ng to 2000 ng, or 500 ng to 1000 ng per run.
- the amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is 0.1 ⁇ L to 100 ⁇ L, 1 ⁇ L to 50 ⁇ L, or 1.5 ⁇ L to 10 ⁇ L.
- the medium used for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is, for example, a low-serum medium such as Opti-MEM®(Gibco).
- the medium for use in the lipofection with the inducer RNA and before or after this lipofection may contain B18R protein.
- the B18R protein mitigates the innate antiviral response of cells.
- the B18R protein may be used for suppressing cell death resulting from immune response associated with RNA insertion into cells.
- the medium may not contain the B18R protein or may contain the B18R protein at a dilute concentration of 0.01% to 1%.
- the animal cells are differentiated into the somatic cells within ten days, nine days, eight days, or seven days from the lipofection with the inducer RNA.
- somatic cells to be produced are neuronal, whether or not they are differentiated into the neuronal cells is confirmed on the basis of whether or not they are positive for Ngn2, ⁇ -III Tubulin, MAP2, PsA-NCAM, or vGlu.
- Ngn2 is a switch protein necessary for differentiation into neuronal cells.
- the ⁇ -III Tubulin, the MAP2, the PsA-NCAM, and the vGlu are markers labeling neuronal cells and are constituent proteins of microtubules in neurites.
- the inducer RNA comprises an mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene
- cells that exhibit the drug resistance may be selected after the lipofection.
- the inducer RNA comprises, for example, an mRNA corresponding to puromycin resistance gene
- cells other than cells harboring the inducer RNA can be destroyed by the exposure of the lipofected cells to puromycin to select the cells harboring the inducer RNA.
- the inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to a gene of any antibiotic selected from neomycin, blasticidin, G418, hygromycin, Zeocin, and the like as the mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention described above makes it possible to efficiently produce somatic cells such as neuronal cells without damaging genes of the animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like by expressing RNA encoding particular genes in animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like.
- a method for producing somatic cells from iPS/ES cells and the like using hormones or chemical substances requires a very long time for producing the somatic cells.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to produce somatic cells in a very short time.
- somatic cells from animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like using hormones or chemical substances only some of the animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like are converted to the somatic cells of interest.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention converts 90% or more of the cells to the somatic cells of interest by RNA transfer.
- somatic cells from iPS/ES cells and the like using hormones or chemical substances even if the same protocol is used, it results in variations among clones in such a way that some clones become the somatic cells of interest and others do not.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to yield high efficiency of induced differentiation for a plurality of clones.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to select cells harboring the inducer RNA on the basis of a drug because the drug resistance gene can be co-expressed therewith. Therefore, the cells produced by the method of the present invention can avoid the risk of contamination with undifferentiated cells, teratoma formation, etc., and are thus suitable for medical transplantation.
- No virus is used in the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention using a lipofection method. Therefore, genes of stem cells are not damaged, and the produced somatic cells are free from the associated risk of tumorigenesis and as such, can be utilized in clinical therapy.
- a method for producing somatic cells from stem cells using viruses requires E. coli for the production and proliferation of virus vectors.
- cells produced by the transfer of substances produced using a nonhuman organism are unsuitable for clinical application.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention may transfer RNA into animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like by using a lipofection method. Since RNA is a chemical substance and can be artificially synthesized, RNA can be produced without the use of an organism such as E. coli and is suitable for clinical application.
- iPS cells are produced from blood cells in a clean environment of a completely sealed system, and subsequently, somatic cells are produced from the iPS cells in a clean environment of a completely sealed system. In such a case, it is possible to produce cleaner and safer somatic cells.
- the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to produce somatic cells in a short period of time. Therefore, for example, B18R which suppresses cell death resulting from immune response associated with mRNA insertion does not have to be used. Even if such a substance is used, a very dilute concentration thereof is possible.
- a 12-well dish coated with a solubilized basement membrane preparation (Matrigel, Corning Inc.) was prepared.
- a feeder-free medium (mTeSR® 1, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) containing ROCK (Rho-associated coiled-coil forming kinase/Rho-binding kinase) inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 umol/L was placed in each well.
- the ROCK inhibitor suppresses cell death.
- iPS cells were dispersed in a detachment/separation/dispersion solution for tissues/culture cells (Accutase, Innovative Cell Technologies, Inc.) and seeded to the 12-well dish.
- the cells to be transfected were seeded at a density of 4 ⁇ 10 5 cells per well.
- the area of the bottom of one well was 4 cm 2 .
- Untransfected control cells were seeded at a density of 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells per well.
- the cells were cultured for 24 hours in the feeder-free medium. In this culture, the temperature was 37° C., the CO 2 concentration was 5%, and the oxygen concentration was 25% or lower.
- a xeno-free medium Pluriton, Stemgent Inc.
- Pluriton Supplement Stemgent Inc.
- 2 ⁇ L of a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 100 ng/ ⁇ L (eBioscience) were mixed to prepare a transfection medium.
- the feeder-free medium in each well was replaced with the transfection medium where the cells were cultured at 37° C. for two hours.
- Green fluorescent protein (GFP) mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) was prepared. The mRNA was capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
- ARCA anti-reverse cap analog
- 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes A and 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes B were each prepared so as to correspond to the number of wells.
- a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube A to which 1.875 ⁇ L of a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.) was then added and well mixed to prepare a first reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for ten minutes such that the first reaction solution was mixed.
- a reagent for mRNA transfer Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.
- the second reaction solution was added to the first reaction solution in the tube A to prepare a mixed reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for five minutes such that liposomes were formed. Next, the mixed reaction solution was added to each well and left standing overnight at 37° C. As a result, 500 ng of the GFP mRNA was added to each well.
- a 12-well dish coated with a solubilized basement membrane preparation (Matrigel, Corning Inc.) was prepared.
- a feeder-free medium (mTeSR® 1, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) containing ROCK (Rho-associated coiled-coil forming kinase/Rho-binding kinase) inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L was placed in each well.
- the ROCK inhibitor suppresses cell death.
- iPS cells were dispersed in a detachment/separation/dispersion solution for tissues/culture cells (Accutase, Innovative Cell Technologies, Inc.) and seeded to the 12-well dish.
- the cells to be transfected were seeded at a density of 4 ⁇ 10 5 cells per well.
- Untransfected control cells were seeded at a density of 2 ⁇ 10 5 cells per well. Then, the cells were cultured for 24 hours in the feeder-free medium.
- a xeno-free medium Pluriton, Stemgent Inc.
- Pluriton Supplement Stemgent Inc.
- 2 ⁇ L of a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 100 ng/ ⁇ L (eBioscience) were mixed to prepare a transfection medium.
- the feeder-free medium in each well was replaced with the transfection medium where the cells were cultured at 37° C. for two hours.
- Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.
- GFP green fluorescent protein
- mRNA was capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
- the mRNA was purified through a silica membrane and prepared, together with a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.), into a solution containing 1 mmol/L sodium citrate (pH 6) as a solvent.
- 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes A and 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes B were each prepared so as to correspond to the number of wells.
- a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube A to which 1.875 ⁇ L of a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.) was then added and well mixed to prepare a first reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for ten minutes such that the first reaction solution was mixed.
- a reagent for mRNA transfer Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.
- the second reaction solution was added to the first reaction solution in the tube A to prepare a mixed reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for five minutes such that liposomes were formed. Next, the mixed reaction solution was added to each well and left standing overnight at 37° C. As a result, 500 ng of the Ngn2 mRNA and 100 ng of the GFP mRNA were added to each well.
- the medium was completely replaced every day for two days with a neural differentiation medium (N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.) containing a ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L and an antibiotic (puromycin) at a concentration of 1 mg/L to select the mRNA-transfected cells.
- a neural differentiation medium N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.
- a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 200 ng/mL (eBioscience).
- the medium was replaced in half the amount each time with the same medium as above until day 7.
- each primary antibody was diluted with a medium containing 5% CCS and 0.1% Triton in PBS and added at 500 ⁇ L/well.
- the primary antibodies used were a rabbit anti-human Tuj1 antibody (BioLegend 845501) and a mouse anti-rat and human Ngn2 antibody (R&D Systems, Inc.).
- the rabbit anti-human Tuj1 antibody (BioLegend 845501) was diluted 1/1000 with the buffer, or the mouse anti-rat and human Ngn2 antibody (R&D Systems, Inc.) was diluted 1/75 with the buffer, and DAPI was diluted 1/10000 with the buffer. These dilutions were added to each well and allowed to react at room temperature for one hour.
- the antibody against Tuj1 is an antibody against ⁇ -III Tubulin.
- a secondary antibody-containing permeabilization buffer containing a donkey anti-mouse IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 555 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.) diluted 1/1000 or a donkey anti-rabbit IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 647 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.) diluted 1/1000 in a permeabilization buffer was added at 500 ⁇ L/well and allowed to react at room temperature for 30 minutes.
- the cells were washed twice with PBS and observed under a fluorescence microscope to count cells emitting fluorescence.
- FIGS. 41A to 41C are photographs taken by the observation under a fluorescence microscope of the cells that were cultured for two days after the transfer of the Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA by lipofection and the subsequent addition of puromycin, further cultured for five days without the addition of puromycin, and stained with Tuj1.
- FIG. 42 shows the percentage of TUJ-1-positive cells at day 7 among the cells transfected with the Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA by the procedures described above using each transfection reagent.
- MessengerMAX was found to have four or more times higher than the ability of RNAiMAX or Stemfect to convert iPS cells to the neuronal cells.
- FIG. 43 shows photographs taken by the observation under a fluorescence microscope of the cells that were cultured for 6 days after the transfer of the Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA by triple lipofection and the subsequent addition of puromycin, further cultured for 16 days without the addition of puromycin, and stained with MAP2 (Sigma Cat #M4403) and vGlut (Synaptic Systems Cat #135 302).
- a 12-well dish coated with a solubilized basement membrane preparation (Matrigel, Corning Inc.) was prepared.
- a feeder-free medium (mTeSR® 1, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) containing ROCK (Rho-associated coiled-coil forming kinase/Rho-binding kinase) inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L was placed in each well.
- iPS cells were dispersed in a detachment/separation/dispersion solution for tissues/culture cells (Accutase, Innovative Cell Technologies, Inc.) and seeded to the 12-well dish.
- the cells to be transfected were seeded at a density of 4 ⁇ 10 5 cells per well.
- Untransfected control cells were seeded at a density of 1 ⁇ 10 5 cells per well. Then, the cells were cultured for 24 hours in the feeder-free medium. In this culture, the temperature was 37° C., the CO 2 concentration was 5%, and the oxygen concentration was 25% or lower.
- the feeder-free medium in each well was replaced with the transfection medium with B18R or the transfection medium without B18R where the cells were cultured at 37° C. for two hours.
- Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) and GFP mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) were prepared.
- the mRNA was capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
- ARCA anti-reverse cap analog
- 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes A and 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes B were each prepared so as to correspond to the number of wells.
- a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube A to which 1.875 ⁇ L of a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.) was then added and well mixed to prepare a first reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for ten minutes such that the first reaction solution was mixed.
- a reagent for mRNA transfer Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.
- the second reaction solution was added to the first reaction solution in the tube A to prepare a mixed reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for five minutes such that liposomes were formed. Next, the mixed reaction solution was added to each well and left standing overnight at 37° C. As a result, 500 ng of the Ngn2 mRNA and 100 ng of the GFP mRNA were added to each well. As shown in FIG. 44 , singly transfected sample, dually transfected sample, and triply transfected sample were prepared.
- the medium was completely replaced every day for two days with a neural differentiation medium (N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.) containing a ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 ⁇ mol/L and an antibiotic (puromycin) at a concentration of 1 mg/L to select the mRNA-transfected cells.
- a neural differentiation medium N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.
- a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 200 ng/mL (eBioscience).
- the medium was replaced in half the amount each time with the same medium as above until day 7.
- the primary antibodies used were a mouse anti-human Tuj1 antibody (BioLegend 845501) diluted 1:1000 with the permeabilization buffer and a mouse anti-human Ngn2 antibody (R&D Systems, Inc., MAB3314-SP) diluted 1:150 with the permeabilization buffer, and further, DAPI was added thereto at 1:10,000.
- a secondary antibody-containing permeabilization buffer containing a donkey anti-mouse IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 555 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., A-21428) diluted 1:1000 or a donkey anti-rabbit IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 647 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., A31573) diluted 1:1000 in a permeabilization buffer was added at 500 ⁇ L/well and allowed to react at room temperature for 30 minutes.
- FIGS. 45A to 45D The cells were washed twice with PBS and observed under a fluorescence microscope to count cells emitting fluorescence. As a result, as shown in FIGS. 45A to 45D , the cells singly transfected with the mRNA hardly expressed GFP at day 9. On the other hand, the cells triply transfected with the mRNA expressed GFP even at day 9. This revealed that the mRNA is decomposed in cells and protein expression is transient.
- FIG. 46 shows an enlarged image of the cells triply transfected with the mRNA expressed GFP at day 7.
- results described above demonstrated that it is possible to induce neuronal cells in a few days after transfection with RNA following seeding of iPS cells.
- results also demonstrated that since neuronal cells can be induced in a short period, a medium does not have to contain B18R protein, which is usually used for suppressing cell death resulting from immune response associated with RNA insertion to cells.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Sustainable Development (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Clinical Laboratory Science (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Thermal Sciences (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides a stem cell manufacturing system comprising: a pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 through which a solution containing cells flows; an inducer solution sending mechanism 21 which sends a pluripotency inducer into the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20; an inducer transfer apparatus 30 which is connected to the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel 20 and transfers the pluripotency inducer into the cells to produce cells harboring the inducer; a cell cluster production apparatus 40 which cultures the cells harboring the inducer to produce a plurality of cell clusters consisting of stem cells; and a packaging apparatus 100 which sequentially packages the plurality of cell clusters.
Description
- This application is a Continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/756,029, filed Feb. 27, 2018, which is the U.S. National Stage of International Application No. PCT/US2016/049530, filed Aug. 30, 2016, which claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/356,199, filed Jun. 29, 2016, and the benefit of priority of Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-170797, filed on Aug. 31, 2015, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The contents of the electronic sequence listing (sequence-listing.txt; Date of Creation: Dec. 29, 2021; and Size: 4,209 bytes) is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- The present invention relates to a cell technology and relates to a pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system, a method for inducing stem cells, a floating culture method for stem cells, a floating culture vessel for stem cells, a method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, and a method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells.
- Embryonic stem cells (ES cells) are stem cells established from human or mouse early embryos. ES cells exhibit pluripotency that permits their differentiation into every cell in the organisms from which they were derived. Human ES cells are currently utilized in cell transplantation therapy to treat many diseases including: Parkinson's disease, juvenile diabetes, and leukemia. However, there are drawbacks associated with transplantation of ES cells. Notably, transplantation of ES cells can trigger immune rejection in a manner similar to the rejection which occurs subsequent to an unsuccessful organ transplantation. Moreover, the use of ES cells established by destroying human embryos has generated a large amount of ethically-based criticism and a high degree of opposition.
- With these circumstances in the background, Shinya Yamanaka, a professor at Kyoto University, successfully established induced pluripotent stem cells (iPS cells) via the transfer of four genes: Oct3/4, Klf4, c-Myc, and Sox2, into somatic cells. For this, he was awarded the 2012 Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine (see e.g., Patent Literature 1). iPS cells are the ideal type of pluripotent cells because they escape both immune rejection and the ethical problems. Thus, it is expected that iPS cells will be used in cell transplantation therapy.
- (Background Art of Method for Inducing Stem Cells, Floating Culture Method for Stem Cells, and Floating Culture Vessel for Stem Cells)
- Induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells have two characteristic potentials. The first is a potential for generating all somatic cells in the body. The second is the ability to proliferate semipermanently. Because iPS cells exhibit these two potentials, they can be used in transplantation therapy without rejection by producing iPS cells from an individual's own somatic cells and converting these cells to the somatic cells of interest. Therefore, iPS cells hold great promise in the field of regenerative medicine.
- (Background Art of Method for Producing Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells)
- Induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells have two characteristic potentials. The first is a potential for generating all somatic cells in the body. The second is the ability to proliferate semipermanently. Because iPS cells exhibit these two potentials, they can be used in transplantation therapy without rejection. This can be accomplished by generating iPS cells from an individual's own somatic cells and converting these cells to the somatic cells of interest. Therefore, iPS cells hold great promise in the field of regenerative medicine.
- Several methods for producing iPS cells have been established to date. Typical examples of methods for producing iPS cells include methods using retroviruses or lentiviruses, and methods using episomal vectors.
- The methods using retroviruses or lentiviruses will be described. The retrovirus or the lentivirus can infect somatic cells so that genes encoding reprogramming factors are transferred into the cells. Furthermore, the retrovirus or the lentivirus can insert reprogramming factors into the genome of somatic cells to induce the stable expression of the reprogramming factors in the cells.
- Methods which rely on the use of retroviruses or lentiviruses, however, are problematic. Firstly, the insertion of reprogramming factors into the genome of somatic cells damages existing genes or promoters and may therefore trigger oncogenesis of the cells. Secondly, the reprogramming factors inserted in the genome might be reactivated after conversion of the iPS cells to somatic cells. Therefore, iPS cell-derived cells for transplantation carry the risk of tumorigenesis. In fact, it has been confirmed that the transferred reprogramming factors are reactivated in the somatic cells of mouse models, and the cells become cancerous (see e.g., Non Patent Literature 1).
- In addition, the iPS cells produced using retroviruses or lentiviruses may retain residual viruses. When such iPS cells are transplanted to a patient, the residual viruses might infect the patient. Therefore, these iPS cells cannot be used in transplantation. For reference, as a result of conducting gene therapy of X-linked combined immunodeficiency disease (X-SCID) in which a γc gene was transferred into hematopoietic stem cells through retrovirus vectors, the patients have been reported to develop leukemia due to the activation of the LMO2 gene by the insertion of the vectors (see e.g.,
Non Patent Literatures 2 and 3). - Thus, iPS cells produced using retroviruses or lentiviruses are problematic for utilization in clinical therapy.
- Next, the methods using episomal vectors will be described. The methods for producing iPS cells using episomal vectors have been developed in order to overcome the problems of the gene transfer methods using retroviruses or lentiviruses (see e.g., Non Patent Literature 4). The episomal vectors are plasmids. The episomal vectors are replicated concurrently with cell division. Unlike retroviruses and lentiviruses, reprogramming factors are not inserted into the genes of somatic cells. Because of this characteristic, episomal vectors can achieve intracellular expression of reprogramming factors over a long period of time to generate iPS cells without inserting genes into the deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) of the targeted somatic cells.
- Methods which exploit the use of episomal vectors, however, are also problematic. Firstly, gene transfer into cells requires electroporation, which largely damages the cells; a high percentage of cells are damaged during even a single electroporation event. Secondly, electroporation cannot be performed repetitively. Furthermore, the gene transfer efficiency of the methods which dictate the use of episomal vectors is lower than that of retrovirus/lentivirus-based methods.
- Recent research has revealed that the transfer of episomal vectors may result in fragments of the vector DNA being inserted into the genes of the target iPS cells. Therefore, even when episomal vectors are used, there is a high probability that the resulting iPS cells will contain vector fragments that have been inserted into their genome. Thus, the clinical application of such iPS cells remains controversial.
- For these reasons, the iPS cells produced using episomal vectors are likewise difficult to utilize clinically.
- Since both the methods using retroviruses or lentiviruses and those using episomal vectors are problematic as described above, a method for producing iPS cells using RNA has been proposed (see e.g., Non Patent Literature 6). However, there has been no report on the successful induction of iPS cells from adult human-derived somatic cells using RNA, though successful iPS cell induction has resulted from the use of fetal or newborn fibroblasts. Therefore, unless iPS cells can be produced from adult human-derived somatic cells, their clinical application is difficult.
- Further, for collecting fibroblasts necessary for the production of iPS cells, a 1 cm squared piece of skin needs to be harvested. This puts a great deal of burden on the skin donor. After excision, the fibroblast cell culture line must be established by expansion culture. As these fibroblasts proliferate over the course of the expansion, there is a high likelihood that they will incur genomic damage and/or chromosomal aberrations.
- (Background Art of Method for Producing Particular Somatic Cells from Animal Cells)
- Induced pluripotent stem cells (iPS cells) can generate every somatic cell in the body. Therefore, iPS cells, which can be converted to various types of somatic cells or tissues, are expected to be utilized for cell transplantation therapy and drug discovery research. For example, retinal cells produced from iPS cells were used in transplantation therapy in 2014. Numerous projects are underway around the world to generate brain cells (and cells of various other organs) from iPS cells for subsequent use in transplantation therapy.
- Heretofore, a wide range of methods for converting iPS cells to somatic cells has been developed. However, in order to use iPS cells for transplantation therapy, an efficient method to induce iPS cell differentiation is of significant importance. Specifically, it is necessary to develop an instrument for inducing the differentiation of iPS cells into somatic cells to improve the efficiency and accuracy of induced differentiation. This instrument should produce functional somatic cells which are amenable to transplantation therapy.
- Conventional methods for inducing the differentiation of iPS and ES cells into somatic cells rely on various combinations and concentrations of growth factors, hormones, and/or small molecules to manipulate the cell's fate in an attempt to recapitulate the process of natural development. Natural development which occurs in vivo, however, is difficult to replicate in vitro and is relatively inefficient. Moreover, induced differentiation of iPS cells into human somatic cells takes longer in humans than in mice. For example, a minimum of three months is required for producing human mature neuronal cells. Furthermore, the efficiency of induced differentiation largely differs among ES/iPS cell lines, resulting in problems such as inhomogeneous properties of induced somatic cells. This phenomenon was evidenced when multiple ES clones from the same source, treated with identical chemicals, produced differing phenotypes. Some of these clones differentiated into spleen cells, while others became cardiac cells, indicating that the potentiality to differentiate differs among clones (see e.g., Non Patent Literature 6). Furthermore, when attempts were undertaken to differentiate large quantities of iPS and ES cell types into neuronal cells using a method called serum-free floating culture of embryoid body-like aggregates with quick reaggregation (SFEBq), it was found that though iPS cells and ES cells were cultured in a serum-free medium free of neural differentiating substances, some iPS and ES clones were difficult to successfully convert to neuronal cells (see e.g., Non Patent Literature 7).
- Specifically, cells that were induced to differentiate from human ES/iPS cells, through methods using hormones or chemical substances, were confirmed to be analogous to fetal somatic cells at the initial stage. Furthermore, induced differentiation of ES/iPS cells into human mature somatic cells is very difficult and requires long-term culture over several months. However, for drug discovery or medical transplantation in individuals which have completed development, it is critical to produce somatic cells commensurate to the age of these individuals.
- Neuronal cells include various subtypes of cells. Methods using hormones or chemical substances to induce the differentiation of ES/iPS cells into particular neuronal subtypes have failed to produce homogeneous cell populations. Therefore, drug discovery screening specific to a particular neuronal cell subtype cannot be achieved. Consequently, the effectiveness of drug discovery screening is low. Also, with regards to medical transplantation, distinct neuronal cell subtypes necessary for disease treatment cannot be enriched for transplantation.
- By contrast, a method for producing somatic cells of interest, by directly transferring into ES/iPS cells, a gene containing the information to generate the properties of the particular somatic cells, using a virus, has been proposed. This method makes it possible to specifically produce mature neuronal cells in a much shorter time (two weeks) than the aforementioned methods which rely on the use of hormones or chemical substances. For example, a homogeneous population of excitatory neurons can be obtained by transfecting specific genes into ES/iPS cells. Therefore, it is considered that drug discovery screening specific for a particular neuronal cell subtype can be achieved. Likewise, for medical transplantation, specific neuronal cell subtypes can be enriched and transplanted to treat disease.
- However, the method for inducing the differentiation of stem cells into somatic cells, using a virus for the expression of a particular gene, inserts that gene into the genome of ES/iPS cells and damages endogenous genes. As a result, disadvantageously, drug discovery screening is not necessarily accurate, and transplantation imparts the risk of tumorigenesis (see e.g., Non Patent Literatures 8 and 9).
-
- [Patent Literature 1] Japanese Patent No. 4183742
-
- [Non Patent Literature 1] Nature 448, 313-317
- [Non Patent Literature 2] N Eng J Med, 346: 1185-1193, 2002
- [Non Patent Literature 3] Science 302: 415-419, 2003
- [Non Patent Literature 4] Science 324: 797-801, 2009
- [Non Patent Literature 5] Proc Jpn Acad Ser B Phys Biol Sci. 2009; 85 (8): 348-62
- [Non Patent Literature 6] Nature Biotechnol 26 (3): 313-315, 2008
- [Non Patent Literature 7] PNAS, 111: 12426-12431, 2014
- [Non Patent Literature 8] N Eng J Med, 346: 1185-1193, 2002
- [Non Patent Literature 9] Science 302: 415-419, 2003
- Induced stem cells such as iPS cells are established by the transfer of inducers, such as genes, into cells. These are then expansion-cultured, and cryopreserved. However, production and industrialization of clinical iPS cells (e.g., GLP or GMP grade) present the following problems:
- The clinical iPS cells need to be produced and preserved in a completely clean and sterile “clean room”. It is very expensive, however, to maintain the required level of cleanliness. Therefore, the production of iPS cells is costly, which presents a significant hurdle to industrialization.
- The procedures, from the establishment of stem cells to the preservation thereof, are complicated and require many manual techniques. In addition, the production of stem cells partly depends on operator skills. Therefore, the iPS cells may vary in quality depending on the producers, or the experimental batch.
- In order to prevent cross-contamination with iPS cells belonging to individuals other than the specified donor, iPS cells from only a single person are produced at any given time period within a clean room. Furthermore, both the establishment and quality evaluation of iPS cells take a long time. Since iPS cells are only produced for one individual at a time per room, the production of iPS cells for many individuals takes a very long time.
- As mentioned above, the production of iPS cells largely depends on manual procedures at present. Meanwhile, only a small number of technicians have the necessary skills to produce clinical iPS cells.
- The series of procedures from the establishment of stem cells to their preservation thereof is disadvantageously complicated. In response to this, an objective of the present invention is to provide a stem cell manufacturing system which makes it possible to manufacture stem cells.
- (Objective as to Method for Inducing Stem Cells, Floating Culture Method for Stem Cells, and Floating Culture Vessel for Stem Cells)
- The culture of iPS cells in an adherent culture system requires a culture dish and therefore requires a very large space, resulting in poor culture efficiency. After induction of iPS cells or during expansion culture thereof, the iPS cells must be detached from the culture dish. The process of detaching iPS cells from the culture dish, however, largely damages the iPS cells. In addition, these procedures are complicated and unsuitable for mechanization.
- In the case of preparing mouse-derived feeder cells, producing and expansion-culturing iPS cells on a layer of feeder cells in a culture dish, the iPS cells are contaminated with animal-derived components. Therefore, the iPS cells cocultured with feeder cells are inappropriate for clinical utilization. Alternatively, the production and expansion culture of iPS cells without feeder cells (feeder-free conditions) stress the iPS cells. This stress makes it likely that the iPS cells develop karyotype abnormalities, or chromosomal damage. Moreover, when the feeder cells are not used, a special coating must be applied to the culture dish, which further complicates the procedures.
- In the case of culturing iPS cells in an adherent culture system, the iPS cells can proliferate merely two-dimensionally and therefore disadvantageously exhibit poor growth efficiency.
- By contrast, it may be possible to culture iPS cells in a three-dimensional culture (floating culture) system. In conventional floating culture systems, however, the culture solution must be continuously stirred to prevent the iPS cells from sinking down. However, when the culture solution is stirred, the iPS cells collide with each other, and are thus damaged. This disadvantageously causes cell death or karyotype abnormalities.
- In conventional floating culture systems, iPS cells randomly aggregate and associate with each other to form cell clusters (colonies) of various sizes. Therefore, a uniform size distribution cannot be maintained among the colonies. If colonies become too large, nutrients or growth factors are unable to diffuse to the cells at the center of the colony, which results in differentiation or cell death of these innermost cells. Conversely, if colonies are too small, they are unsuitable for subculture.
- iPS cells are derived from a single somatic cell. Therefore, each iPS cell line, to a small extent, may have distinctive properties. Thus, it is very important to independently culture each colony and establish separate iPS cell lines. In this regard, when culturing iPS cells in a floating culture system, it is necessary to ensure that colonies of the iPS cells grow independently and separate from one another.
- In an adherent culture system, the iPS cells, each derived from a single somatic cell, independently form colonies. As mentioned above, however, in conventional floating culture systems, iPS cells randomly aggregate with each other to form colonies. Therefore, the clonality cannot be maintained for the colonies produced in conventional floating systems. As a result, no attempt at inducing and culturing iPS cells via conventional floating culture systems has yet successfully produced iPS colonies derived from an individual cell. Correspondingly, no method for conventional floating culture has been developed which makes it possible to establish independent iPS cell lines.
- Thus, another objective of the present invention is to provide a method for inducing stem cells, a floating culture method for stem cells, and a floating culture vessel for stem cells which makes it possible to culture iPS cells with isolated and separate colonies.
- (Objective as to Method for Producing Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells)
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a method for producing clinically available stem cells.
- (Objective as to Method for Producing Particular Somatic Cells from Animal Cells)
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a method to efficiently produce, in a short period of time, and without incurring genetic damage, a particular type of somatic cell from another type of animal cell.
- An aspect of the present invention provides a stem cell manufacturing system comprising: (a) a pre-transfer cell solution sending channel through which a solution containing cells flows; (b) an inducer solution sending mechanism which sends a pluripotency inducer into the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel; (c) an inducer transfer apparatus which is connected to the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel and transfers the pluripotency inducer into the cells to produce cells harboring the inducer; (d) a cell cluster production apparatus which cultures the cells harboring the inducer to produce a plurality of cell clusters consisting of stem cells; (e) a packaging apparatus which sequentially packages the plurality of cell clusters; and (f) a container which houses the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel, the inducer solution sending mechanism, the inducer transfer apparatus, the cell cluster production apparatus, and the packaging apparatus.
- The above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a separation apparatus which separates cells from blood, wherein a solution containing the cells separated by the separation apparatus may flow through the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel.
- In the above stem cell manufacturing system, the cell cluster production apparatus may comprise: a reprogramming culture apparatus which cultures the cells harboring the inducer produced by the inducer transfer apparatus; a first division mechanism which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells established by the reprogramming culture apparatus into a plurality of cell clusters; an expansion culture apparatus which expansion-cultures the plurality of cell clusters divided by the first division mechanism; a second division mechanism which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells expansion-cultured by the expansion culture apparatus into a plurality of cell clusters; and a cell cluster delivery mechanism which sequentially sends the plurality of cell clusters into the packaging apparatus.
- The reprogramming culture apparatus may comprise a first culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the cells harboring the inducer with a culture solution, and the expansion culture apparatus may comprise a second culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the plurality of cell clusters with a culture solution.
- The above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise: a reprogramming culture photography apparatus which photographs the cells cultured by the reprogramming culture apparatus; and an expansion culture photography apparatus which photographs the cells cultured by the expansion culture apparatus, wherein a colorless culture solution may be used in the reprogramming culture apparatus and the expansion culture apparatus.
- In the above stem cell manufacturing system, the inside wall of the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel may not be adhesive to cells.
- In the above stem cell manufacturing system, the pre-transfer cell solution sending channel and the inducer solution sending mechanism may be disposed on a substrate.
- In the above stem cell manufacturing system, the packaging apparatus may freeze the cell clusters using a Peltier device or liquid nitrogen. Alternatively, the packaging apparatus may freeze the cell clusters by a freezing method such as vapor compression or vapor absorption.
- The above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an air cleaning apparatus which cleans gas in the container.
- The above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of gas in the container.
- The above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a carbon dioxide concentration control apparatus which controls the carbon dioxide concentration of gas in the container.
- The above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a sterilization apparatus which performs dry heat sterilization or gas sterilization of the inside of the container.
- In the above stem cell manufacturing system, the inducer solution sending mechanism, the inducer transfer apparatus, the cell cluster production apparatus, and the packaging apparatus may be regulated on the basis of an operating procedure by a server, and the server may monitor whether or not the inducer solution sending mechanism, the inducer transfer apparatus, the cell cluster production apparatus, and the packaging apparatus are operated on the basis of the operating procedure, and make an operation record.
- The above stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an apparatus which transfers the inducer into the stem cells to differentiate the stem cells into somatic cells.
- An aspect of the present invention provides a method for inducing stem cells, comprising inducing stem cells from somatic cells floating-cultured in a gel medium.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells, the gel medium may not be stirred. The gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells, the gel medium may be free from a growth factor. Alternatively, the gel medium may contain a growth factor at a concentration of 40% by weight or lower.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells, the gel medium may be free from bFGF. The gel medium may comprise a human ES/iPS culture medium.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium without a growth factor.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium with a growth factor at a concentration of 40% by weight or lower.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium without bFGF.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells, comprising floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium with bFGF at a concentration of 400 μg/L or lower.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the gel medium may not be stirred. The gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum. The gel medium may contain a ROCK inhibitor. The concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium may be 0.1×105 cells/mL or higher.
- The above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, dissociating the stem cells into single cells, and placing the stem cells dissociated into single cells in the gel medium.
- In the floating culture in the above floating culture method for stem cells, the single cells may form colonies while maintaining their clonality.
- The above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, hanging drop-culturing the stem cells using a grating plate to form colonies, and placing the formed colonies in the gel medium.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the stem cells may proliferate while maintaining their undifferentiated states.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture vessel for stem cells comprising: a dialysis tube which accommodates stem cells and a gel medium; and a container which accommodates the dialysis tube, wherein a gel medium is placed around the dialysis tube.
- In the above floating culture vessel for stem cells, the molecular weight cut off of the dialysis tube may be 0.1 kDa or larger. The dialysis tube may be made of at least one member selected from cellulose ester, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, and cellulose acetate.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a floating culture method for stem cells comprising: placing stem cells and a gel medium in a dialysis tube; placing the dialysis tube in a container; placing a gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container; and floating-culturing the stem cells in the gel medium in the dialysis tube. The orders of placing the stem cells and the gel medium in the dialysis tube, placing the dialysis tube in the container, and placing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container are not particularly limited. For example, a dialysis tube may be placed in a container, and then, the stem cells and the gel medium may be placed in the dialysis tube.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, a molecular weight cutoff of the dialysis tube may be 0.1 kDa or larger. The dialysis tube may be made of at least one member selected from cellulose ester, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, and cellulose acetate.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the gel medium around the dialysis tube may be supplemented with a ROCK inhibitor. The gel medium may not be stirred. The gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the gel medium may be free from a growth factor. Alternatively, the gel medium may contain a growth factor at a concentration of 40% by weight or lower.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the gel medium may be free from bFGF.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium may be 0.1×105 cells/mL or higher.
- The above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, dissociating the stem cells into single cells, and placing the stem cells dissociated into single cells in the gel medium.
- In the floating culture in the above floating culture method for stem cells, the single cells may form colonies while maintaining their clonality.
- The above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise, before the floating culture, hanging drop-culturing the stem cells using a grating plate to form colonies, and placing the formed colonies in the gel medium.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the stem cells may proliferate while maintaining their undifferentiated states.
- The above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise replacing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- The above floating culture method for stem cells may further comprise supplementing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- In the above floating culture method for stem cells, the gel medium in the dialysis tube may not be replaced. The gel medium may comprise a human ES/iPS culture medium.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a method for inducing stem cells by floating, comprising: placing somatic cells and a gel medium in a dialysis tube; placing the dialysis tube in a container; placing a gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container; and inducing stem cells from the somatic cells floating in the gel medium in the dialysis tube. The orders of placing the somatic cells and the gel medium in the dialysis tube, placing the dialysis tube in the container, and placing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container are not particularly limited. For example, the dialysis tube may be placed in the container, and then, the somatic cells and the gel medium may be placed in the dialysis tube.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells by floating, a molecular weight cutoff of the dialysis tube may be 0.1 kDa or larger. The dialysis tube may be made of at least one member selected from cellulose ester, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, and cellulose acetate.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells by floating, the gel medium may not be stirred. The gel medium may be a medium gelled with deacetylated gellan gum.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells by floating, the gel medium may be free from a growth factor.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells by floating, the gel medium may be free from bFGF.
- The above method for inducing stem cells by floating may further comprise, before the floating culture, dissociating the somatic cells into single cells, and placing the somatic cells dissociated into single cells in the gel medium.
- In the floating culture in the above method for inducing stem cells by floating, the single cells may form colonies while maintaining their clonality.
- The above method for inducing stem cells by floating may further comprise replacing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- The above method for inducing stem cells by floating may further comprise supplementing the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container with a fresh gel medium.
- In the above method for inducing stem cells by floating, the gel medium in the dialysis tube may not be replaced. The gel medium may comprise a human ES/iPS culture medium.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, comprising: preparing somatic cells; and transferring reprogramming factor RNAs into the somatic cells by a lipofection method.
- In the above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, the somatic cells may be blood cells. The blood cells may be monocytes. The blood cells may be hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells. The blood cells may be CD34-positive. The blood cells may be blood cells separated on condition that the cells are CD34-positive. The blood cells may be CD3-positive. The blood cells may be separated on condition that the cells are CD3-positive.
- In the above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, the reprogramming factor RNAs may comprise Oct3/4 mRNA, Sox2 mRNA, Klf4 mRNA, and c-Myc mRNA. The reprogramming factor RNAs may further comprise at least one member selected from the group consisting of GLIS1 mRNA, FOXH1 mRNA, L-MYC mRNA, and p53-dn mRNA. The reprogramming factor RNAs may further comprise LIN28A mRNA or LIN28B mRNA.
- In the above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, an siRNA lipofection reagent or an mRNA lipofection reagent may be used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs.
- In the above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, at least one member selected from Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX transfection reagent, Lipofectamine® MessengerMAX transfection reagent, Stemfect® RNA transfection reagent, and ReproRNA® transfection reagent may be used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs.
- In the above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, the number of the blood cells for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be 1 to 1×108 cells. The amounts of the reprogramming factor RNAs for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be 5 ng to 50 μg per run. The amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be 0.1 μL to 500 μL per run. The lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be performed for 0.1 hours or longer and 24 hours or shorter per run. The lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be performed a plurality of times.
- In the above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, the medium used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs may be Opti-MEM®.
- The above method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells may further comprise separating the monocytes from blood using a filter.
- An aspect of the present invention also provides a method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, comprising: preparing animal cells; and transferring an inducer RNA into the animal cells by lipofection, to differentiate the animal cells into somatic cells.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the animal cells may be stem cells. The stem cells may be induced pluripotent stem cells. The stem cells may be iPS cells. The stem cells may be embryonic stem cells.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the animal cells may be human fibroblasts. Alternatively, the animal cells may be blood cells.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene.
- The above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells may further comprise selecting cells that exhibit drug resistance after the lipofection.
- The above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to puromycin resistance gene.
- The above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells may further comprise selecting cells that exhibit puromycin resistance after the lipofection.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the somatic cells may be neuronal cells. The inducer RNA may comprise Ngn2 mRNA. The induced neuronal cells may be Ngn2-positive. The induced neuronal cells may be β-III Tubulin-, MAP2-, PsA-NCAM-, or vGlut-positive.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, MessengerMAX® may be used in the lipofection with the inducer RNA.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the number of the cells for the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be 1×104 to 1×108 cells. The amount of the inducer RNA for the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be 200 ng to 5000 ng per run. The amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be 0.1 μL to 100 μL per run.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the medium used in the lipofection with the inducer RNA may be Opti-MEM®.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the animal cells may be differentiated into the somatic cells within ten days from the lipofection with the inducer RNA.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the transfer of the inducer RNA into the animal cells by lipofection may be repeated a plurality of times.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the animal cells may be cultured on a substrate coated with basement membrane matrix.
- In the above method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells, the animal cells may be cultured in a medium with B18R. Alternatively, the animal cells may be cultured in a medium without B18R.
- The present invention makes it possible to provide a stem cell manufacturing system which enables the manufacture of stem cells.
- (Advantageous Effects of Method for Inducing Stem Cells, Floating Culture Method for Stem Cells, and Floating Culture Vessel for Stem Cells)
- The present invention makes it possible to provide a method for inducing stem cells, a floating culture method for stem cells, and a floating culture vessel for stem cells which enables iPS cells to be cultured with their colonies separated.
- (Advantageous Effects of Method for Producing Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells)
- The present invention makes it possible to provide a method for producing clinically available induced pluripotent stem cells.
- (Advantageous Effects of Method for Producing Particular Somatic Cells from Animal Cells)
- The present invention makes it possible to provide a method for producing particular somatic cells from animal cells which enables the efficient production of the particular somatic cells in a short period without damaging the genes of the animal cells.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic view of the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of one example of a post-transfer cell solution sending channel in the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of one example of a post-transfer cell solution sending channel in the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 4 is a schematic view of a culture bag used in the stem cell manufacturing system according to an embodiment of the present invention. -
FIG. 5 is a schematic view showing the floating culture vessel for stem cells according to a second embodiment of the present invention. -
FIGS. 6A and 6B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1. -
FIGS. 7A and 7B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1. -
FIG. 9 is a graph showing the status of differentiation of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 1. -
FIGS. 10A and 10B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 2. -
FIGS. 11A to 11C are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 3. -
FIG. 12 is a photograph of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 3. -
FIGS. 13A to 13C are photographs of iPS cells according to Example 4. -
FIG. 14 is a graph showing the number of colonies of iPS cells according to Example 4. -
FIGS. 15A to 15D are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 4. -
FIG. 16 is a photograph of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 5. -
FIG. 17 is a graph showing the rate of colony formation for each density of the iPS cells according to Example 5. -
FIG. 18 is a graph showing the rate of colony formation for each amount of a medium according to Example 5. -
FIGS. 19A and 19B are photographs of iPS cells according to Example 6. -
FIG. 20 is a graph showing the number of colonies of iPS cells according to Example 6. -
FIGS. 21A and 21B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 7. -
FIG. 22 is a graph showing the number of colonies of iPS cells for each culture condition according to Example 7. -
FIGS. 23A and 23B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells for each medium according to Example 7. -
FIG. 24 is a graph showing the status of differentiation of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 7. -
FIGS. 25A to 25C are photographs of iPS cells according to Example 8. -
FIG. 26 is a graph showing the rate of colony formation for each amount of a medium according to Example 8. -
FIGS. 27A to 27C are photographs of a gel medium according to Example 9. -
FIGS. 28A to 28C are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 9. -
FIGS. 29A and 29B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 10. -
FIGS. 30A to 30D are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 11. -
FIGS. 31A and 31B are photographs of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12. -
FIG. 32 is a graph showing the size of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12. -
FIG. 33 is a photograph of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12. -
FIG. 34 is a graph showing the status of differentiation of the colonies of iPS cells according to Example 12. -
FIG. 35 is a fluorescence microscope photograph according to Example 13. -
FIG. 36 is a graph showing analysis results using a fluorescence-activated flow cytometer according to Example 13. -
FIGS. 37A to 37C are photographs of cells according to Example 14. -
FIGS. 38A to 38C are photographs of cells according to Example 14. -
FIG. 39 is a graph showing the percentages of transfection efficiency and survival rate according to Example 14. -
FIGS. 40A to 40C are photographs of cells according to Example 15. -
FIGS. 41A to 41C are photographs taken by the observation under a fluorescence microscope of cells according to Example 15. -
FIG. 42 is a graph showing the percentage of TUJ-1-positive cells according to Example 15. -
FIG. 43 shows photographs of cells according to Example 15. -
FIG. 44 is a schematic view of a method for transfection according to Example 16. -
FIGS. 45A to 45D are photographs of cells according to Example 16. -
FIG. 46 shows photographs of cells according to Example 16. - Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described. In the following description of the drawings, the same or similar reference signs will be used to designate the same or similar portions. However, the drawings are schematic. Thus, specific dimensions, etc., should be judged in light of the description below. Also, it should be understood that dimensional relationships or ratios may differ among the drawings.
- The stem cell manufacturing system according to the first embodiment of the present invention, as shown in
FIG. 1 , comprises: aseparation apparatus 10 which separates cells from blood; a pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 through which a solution containing the cells separated by theseparation apparatus 10 flows; an inducersolution sending mechanism 21 which sends a pluripotency inducer into the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20; aninducer transfer apparatus 30 which is connected to the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 and transfers the pluripotency inducer into the cells to produce cells harboring the inducer; a cellcluster production apparatus 40 which cultures the cells harboring the inducer to produce a plurality of cell clusters consisting of stem cells; and apackaging apparatus 100 which sequentially packages the plurality of cell clusters. - The stem cell manufacturing system further comprises a
container 200 which houses theseparation apparatus 10, the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20, the inducersolution sending mechanism 21, theinducer transfer apparatus 30, the cellcluster production apparatus 40, and thepackaging apparatus 100. - The stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise: an air cleaning apparatus which cleans gas in the container 200: a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of gas in the
container 200; and a carbon dioxide concentration control apparatus which controls the carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration of gas in thecontainer 200. The air cleaning apparatus may comprise a cleanliness sensor which monitors the cleanliness of gas in thecontainer 200. The air cleaning apparatus cleans air in thecontainer 200 using, for example, a HEPA (high efficiency particulate air) filter. The air cleaning apparatus maintains the cleanliness of air in thecontainer 200 at a cleanliness of betweenISO 1 and ISO 6 according to the ISO Standard 14644-1, for example. The temperature control apparatus may comprise a temperature sensor which monitors the temperature of gas in thecontainer 200. The CO2 concentration control apparatus may comprise a CO2 concentration sensor which monitors the CO2 concentration of gas in thecontainer 200. - The
container 200 is provided with, for example, a door. In a state where the door is closed, the inside is completely sealed so that the cleanliness, temperature, and CO2 concentration of inside air can be kept constant. Thecontainer 200 is preferably transparent so that the internal state of the apparatus can be observed from the outside. Thecontainer 200 may be a glove box integrally comprising gloves such as rubber gloves. - The
separation apparatus 10 receives, for example, a vial containing human blood. Theseparation apparatus 10 comprises, for example, an anticoagulant tank which stores an anticoagulant such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), heparin, and Acid Citrate Dextrose Formula A solution (ACD-A solution, Terumo Corp.). Theseparation apparatus 10 adds the anticoagulant from the anticoagulant tank to the human blood using a pump or the like. - The
separation apparatus 10 comprises, for example, a reagent tank for separation which stores a reagent for monocyte separation such as Ficoll-Paque PREMIUM® (GE Healthcare Japan Corp.). Theseparation apparatus 10 dispenses the reagent for monocyte separation at 5 mL/tube to, for example, two 15-mL tubes from the reagent tank for separation using a pump or the like. Note that a resin bag may be used instead of the tube. - The
separation apparatus 10 further comprises a buffer solution tank which stores a buffer solution such as phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). Theseparation apparatus 10 dilutes, for example, 5 mL of the human blood by adding 5 mL of the buffer solution from the buffer solution tank using a pump or the like. In addition, theseparation apparatus 10 adds 5 mL of the diluted human blood onto the reagent for monocyte separation in each tube using a pump or the like. - The
separation apparatus 10 further comprises a centrifuge in which the temperature can be set. The centrifuge temperature is set to, for example, 18° C. Theseparation apparatus 10 places each tube containing the reagent for monocyte separation and the human blood, etc., in a holder of the centrifuge using a transportation apparatus or the like. The centrifuge centrifuges the solution in the tube, for example, at 400×g for 30 minutes. A resin bag may be centrifuged instead of the tube. - After the centrifugation, the
separation apparatus 10 recovers a white cloudy intermediate layer composed of the monocytes in the solution in the tube using a pump or the like. Theseparation apparatus 10 sends the recovered monocyte suspension into the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 using a pump or the like. Alternatively, theseparation apparatus 10 further adds, for example, 12 mL of PBS to 2 mL of the recovered monocyte solution and places the tube in a holder of the centrifuge. The centrifuge centrifuges the solution in the tube, for example, at 200×g for ten minutes. - After the centrifugation, the
separation apparatus 10 removes the supernatant of the solution in the tube by aspiration using a pump or the like, and suspends the monocyte solution in the tube by adding 3 mL of a monocyte culture medium such as X-VIVO 10® (Lonza Japan Ltd.). Theseparation apparatus 10 sends the monocyte suspension into the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 using a pump or the like. Theseparation apparatus 10 may separate the monocytes from the blood using a dialysis membrane. Alternatively, in the case of using somatic cells, such as fibroblasts, separated in advance from the skin or the like, theseparation apparatus 10 may be unnecessary. - The
separation apparatus 10 may separate cells suitable for induction by a method other than centrifugal separation. When the cells to be separated are, for example, T cells, cells positive for any of CD3, CD4, and CD8 may be separated by panning. When the cells to be separated are vascular endothelial progenitor cells, cells positive for CD34 may be separated by panning. When the cells to be separated are B cells, cells positive for any of CD10, CD19, and CD20 may be separated by panning. The separation approach is not limited to panning, and the cells may be separated by a magnetic cell separation method, flow cytometry, or other methods. Alternatively, theseparation apparatus 10 may separate cells suitable for induction by methods described in embodiments mentioned later. For example, as described in the fifth embodiment, the cells suitable for induction may be separated using a magnetic separation apparatus on the basis of a cell surface marker. Alternatively, the cells suitable for induction may be separated using a filter. The cells to be induced are not limited to blood cells and may be fibroblasts or the like. - The inducer
solution sending mechanism 21 comprises an inducer transfer reagent tank which stores an inducer transfer reagent solution or the like. The inducer transfer reagent solution such as a gene transfer reagent solution contains, for example, an electroporation solution such as Human T Cell Nucleofector® (Lonza Japan Ltd.) solution, a supplement solution, and a plasmid set. The plasmid set contains, for example, 0.83 μg of pCXLE-hOCT3/4-shp53-F, 0.83 μg of pCXLE-hSK, 0.83 μg of pCE-hUL, and 0.5 μg of pCXWB-EBNA1. Alternatively, the inducer transfer reagent solution may contain reagents or the like described in the fourth and fifth embodiments mentioned later. For example, as described in the fifth embodiment, an RNA encoding reprogramming factors may be transferred into the cells by a lipofection method. The inducersolution sending mechanism 21 sends the inducer transfer reagent solution into the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 using a micropump or the like such that the monocyte suspension is suspended in the inducer transfer reagent solution. - The inside wall of the pre-transfer cell
solution sending channel 20 may not be adhesive to cells by coating with poly-HEMA (poly-2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate) so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto. Alternatively, a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20. Also, a CO2-permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 so that the internal conditions of the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO2 concentration in thecontainer 200. The pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination. - The
inducer transfer apparatus 30 connected to the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20 is, for example, an electroporator, which receives the mixed solution of the inducer transfer reagent solution and the monocyte suspension and carries out the electroporation of the monocytes with the plasmids. After the electroporation, theinducer transfer apparatus 30 adds a monocyte culture medium to a solution containing the monocytes electroporated with the plasmids. Theinducer transfer apparatus 30 sends the solution containing the monocytes electroporated with the plasmids (hereinafter, referred to as “cells harboring the inducer”) to a post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 using a pump or the like. Note that theinducer transfer apparatus 30 is not limited to an electroporator. Theinducer transfer apparatus 30 may transfer the inducer into the cells by methods described in the fourth and fifth embodiments mentioned later. The medium may be a gel medium. In this case, the gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF). Alternatively, the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 μg/L or lower, 40 μg/L or lower, or 10 μg/L or lower. The gel medium may be free from tgf-β or may contain tgf-β at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower. - The inside wall of the post-transfer cell
solution sending channel 31 may be rendered non-adhesive by coating with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto. Alternatively, a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31. Also, a CO2-permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 so that the internal conditions of the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO2 concentration in thecontainer 200. The post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination. After the electroporation, many cells die, and dead cells may form cell clusters. Therefore, the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 may be provided with a filter which removes dead cell clusters. Alternatively, as shown inFIG. 2 , one or more walls which intermittently change the inside diameter may be disposed in the inside of the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31. Alternatively, as shown inFIG. 3 , the inside diameter of the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 may be intermittently changed. - The cell
cluster production apparatus 40 connected to the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 comprises: a reprogrammingculture apparatus 50 which cultures the cells harboring the inducer produced by theinducer transfer apparatus 30; afirst division mechanism 60 which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells established by thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 into a plurality of cell clusters; anexpansion culture apparatus 70 which expansion-cultures the plurality of cell clusters divided by thefirst division mechanism 60; asecond division mechanism 80 which divides cell clusters consisting of stem cells expansion-cultured by theexpansion culture apparatus 70 into a plurality of cell clusters; and a cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 which sequentially sends the plurality of cell clusters into thepackaging apparatus 100. - The
reprogramming culture apparatus 50 can house a well plate therein. Thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 also comprises a pipetting machine. Thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 receives a solution containing the cells harboring the inducer from the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 and distributes the solution to wells by the pipetting machine. Thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 adds a stem cell culture medium such as StemFit® (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), for example, three, five, and seven days after the cells harboring the inducer are distributed into wells. Basic fibroblast growth factor (basic FGF) may be added as a supplement to the medium. Note that sustained-release beads, such as StemBeads FGF2 (Funakoshi Co., Ltd.), which continuously supply FGF-2 (basic FGF, bFGF, or FGF-b) to the medium may be added to the medium. Since FGF is sometimes unstable, the FGF may be stabilized by coupling a heparin-mimicking polymer to the FGF. Thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 further replaces the medium, for example, nine days after the cells harboring the inducer are distributed into wells and subsequently replaces the medium every two days until cell clusters (colonies) of iPS cells exceed 1 mm. - After formation of the cell clusters, the
reprogramming culture apparatus 50 recovers the cell clusters by the pipetting machine and adds a recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin, such as TrypLE Select® (Life Technologies Corp.), to the recovered cell clusters. Thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 further places a container containing the recovered cell clusters in an incubator where the cell clusters react with the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin at 37° C. for ten minutes in a 5% CO2 environment. Alternatively, thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 may disrupt the cell clusters by pipetting using the pipetting machine. As another alternative, thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 may disrupt the cell clusters by passing the cell clusters through a pipe provided with a filter or a pipe whose inside diameter intermittently changes, as with the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31 shown inFIG. 2 or 3 . Then, thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 adds a medium for pluripotent stem cells, such as StemFit® (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), to a solution containing the disrupted cell clusters. - The culture in the
reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may be performed in a CO2-permeable bag rather than in the well plate. The culture may be an adherent culture or may be a floating culture. In the case of floating culture, stirring the culture may be performed. The medium may be in an agar form. Examples of the medium in an agar form include gellan gum polymer. When the medium in an agar form is used, even in the form of floating culture, stirring is not required and it possible to produce a single cell cluster derived from one cell because the cells neither sink down nor adhere. The culture in thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 may be a hanging drop culture. - The
reprogramming culture apparatus 50 may comprise a first culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the well plate or the CO2-permeable bag with a culture solution. The first culture solution replenishment apparatus may recover the culture solution in the well plate or the CO2-permeable bag, filter the culture solution using a filter or a dialysis membrane, and recycle the purified culture solution. In this case, a growth factor or the like may be added to the culture solution to be recycled. Thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 may further comprise, for example, a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of the culture solution, and a humidity control apparatus which controls humidity near the culture solution. - In the
reprogramming culture apparatus 50, for example, the cells may be placed in a culture solution-permeable bag 301, such as a dialysis membrane, as shown inFIG. 4 , and the culture solution-permeable bag 301 may be placed in a culture solution-impermeable and CO2-permeable bag 302, while a culture solution may be placed in thebags bags 302 containing a fresh culture solution may be prepared, and thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 may replace thebag 302 in which thebag 301 containing the cells is placed, with anotherbag 302 containing a fresh culture solution at a predetermined time interval. Note that the culture method in thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 is not limited to the methods described above, and the culture may be performed by methods described in the second and third embodiments mentioned later. For example, as described in the second embodiment, a gel medium may be used. In this case, the gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF). Alternatively, the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 μg/L or lower, 40 μg/L or lower, or 10 μg/L or lower. The gel medium may be free from tgf-β or may contain tgf-β at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower. As described in the third embodiment, a floating culture vessel comprising: a dialysis tube which accommodates stem cells and a gel medium; and a container which accommodates the dialysis tube, wherein a gel medium is placed around the dialysis tube, may be used. - The stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a reprogramming culture photography apparatus which photographs the culture in the
reprogramming culture apparatus 50. Note that when a colorless culture solution is used as the culture solution for thereprogramming culture apparatus 50, it is possible to suppress diffuse reflection or autofluorescence that may occur when a colored culture solution is used. Since induced cells and uninduced cells differ in cell shape and size, etc., the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an induction status monitor apparatus which calculates the percentage of induced cells by photographing the cells in thereprogramming culture apparatus 50. Alternatively, the induction status monitor apparatus may identify the percentage of induced cells by an antibody immunostaining method or an RNA extraction method. The stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an uninduced cell removal apparatus which removes uninduced cells by a magnetic cell separation method, flow cytometry, or the like. - A first cell cluster
solution sending channel 51 is connected to thereprogramming culture apparatus 50. Thereprogramming culture apparatus 50 sends a solution containing the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin and the cell clusters into the first cell clustersolution sending channel 51 using a pump or the like. When the cell clusters can be physically disrupted, the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin may be unnecessary. The first cell clustersolution sending channel 51 may be connected to a branched channel which has an inside diameter that permits passage of only induced cells having less than a predetermined size and removes uninduced cells having the predetermined size or larger. - The inside wall of the first cell cluster
solution sending channel 51 may not be adhesive to cells by coating with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto. Alternatively, a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the first cell clustersolution sending channel 51. Also, a CO2-permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the first cell clustersolution sending channel 51 so that the internal conditions of the first cell clustersolution sending channel 51 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO2 concentration in thecontainer 200. The first cell clustersolution sending channel 51 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination. - The first cell cluster
solution sending channel 51 is connected to thefirst division mechanism 60. Thefirst division mechanism 60 comprises, for example, a mesh. When passing through the mesh by hydraulic pressure, the cell clusters contained in the solution are divided into a plurality of cell clusters corresponding to the size of each pore of the mesh. For example, when the mesh has uniform sizes of pores, the sizes of the plurality of cell clusters thus divided are also almost uniform. Alternatively, thefirst division mechanism 60 may comprise a nozzle. For example, the inside of a substantially conical nozzle is microfabricated in a staircase pattern. When flowing through the nozzle, the cell clusters contained in the solution are divided into a plurality of cell clusters. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 is connected to thefirst division mechanism 60. The solution containing the cell clusters divided by thefirst division mechanism 60 is sent to theexpansion culture apparatus 70. - The
expansion culture apparatus 70 can house a well plate therein. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 also comprises a pipetting machine. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 receives a solution containing the plurality of cell clusters from thefirst division mechanism 60 and distributes the solution into wells by the pipetting machine. After the cell clusters are distributed into wells, theexpansion culture apparatus 70 cultures the cell clusters at 37° C., for example, for approximately eight days, in a 5% CO2 environment. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 replaces the medium as necessary. - Then, the
expansion culture apparatus 70 adds a recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin, such as TrypLE Select® (Life Technologies Corp.), to the cell clusters. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 further places a container containing the cell clusters in an incubator where the cell clusters react with the recombinant enzyme alternative to trypsin at 37° C. for one minute in a 5% CO2 environment. Then, theexpansion culture apparatus 70 adds a medium such as a maintenance culture medium to the solution containing the cell clusters. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 further detaches the cell clusters from the container using an automatic cell scraper or the like and sends a solution containing the cell clusters into thefirst division mechanism 60 via an expansion culturesolution sending channel 71. - The culture in the
expansion culture apparatus 70 may be performed in a CO2-permeable bag, not in the well plate. The culture may be an adherent culture or may be a floating culture. Alternatively, the culture may be a hanging drop culture. In the case of floating culture, stirring culture may be performed. The medium may be in an agar form. Examples of the medium in an agar form include gellan gum polymer. When the medium in an agar form is used, even in the form of floating culture, stirring is not required because the cells neither sink down nor adhere. - The
expansion culture apparatus 70 may comprise a second culture solution replenishment apparatus which replenishes the well plate or the CO2-permeable bag with a culture solution. The second culture solution replenishment apparatus may recover the culture solution in the well plate or the CO2-permeable bag, filter the culture solution using a filter or a dialysis membrane, and recycle the purified culture solution. In this case, a growth factor or the like may be added to the culture solution to be recycled. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 may further comprise, for example, a temperature control apparatus which controls the temperature of the culture solution, and a humidity control apparatus which controls humidity near the culture solution. - In the
expansion culture apparatus 70 as well, for example, the cells may be placed in a culture solution-permeable bag 301, such as a dialysis membrane, as shown inFIG. 4 , and the culture solution-permeable bag 301 may be placed in a culture solution-impermeable and CO2-permeable bag 302, while a culture solution may be placed in thebags bags 302 containing a fresh culture solution may be prepared, and theexpansion culture apparatus 70 may replace thebag 302 in which thebag 301 containing the cells is placed, with anotherbag 302 containing a fresh culture solution at a predetermined time interval. The culture method in theexpansion culture apparatus 70 is not limited to the methods described above, and the culture may be performed by methods described in the second and third embodiments mentioned later. - The stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an expansion culture photography apparatus which photographs the culture in the
expansion culture apparatus 70. Note that when a colorless culture solution is used as the culture solution used in theexpansion culture apparatus 70, it is possible to suppress diffuse reflection or autofluorescence that may occur when a colored culture solution is used. Since induced cells and uninduced cells differ in cell shape and size, etc., the stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an induction status monitor apparatus which calculates the percentage of induced cells by photographing the cells in theexpansion culture apparatus 70. Alternatively, the induction status monitor apparatus may identify the percentage of induced cells by an antibody immunostaining method or an RNA extraction method. The stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise an uninduced cell removal apparatus which removes uninduced cells by a magnetic cell separation method, flow cytometry, or the like. - The cell clusters divided by the
first division mechanism 60 are cultured again in theexpansion culture apparatus 70. The division of the cell clusters in thefirst division mechanism 60 and the culture of the cell clusters in theexpansion culture apparatus 70 are repeated until a necessary amount of cells is obtained. - A second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 is connected to the
expansion culture apparatus 70. Theexpansion culture apparatus 70 sends a solution containing the expansion-cultured cell clusters detached from the container into the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 using a pump or the like. The second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 may be connected to a branched channel which has an inside diameter that permits passage of only induced cells having less than a predetermined size and removes uninduced cells having the predetermined size or larger. - The inside wall of the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 may not be adhesive to cells by coating with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto. Alternatively, a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72. Also, a CO2-permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 so that the internal conditions of the second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO2 concentration in the
container 200. The second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination. - The second cell cluster solution sending channel 72 is connected to the
second division mechanism 80. Thesecond division mechanism 80 comprises, for example, a mesh. When passing through the mesh by hydraulic pressure, the cell clusters contained in the solution are divided into a plurality of cell clusters corresponding to the size of each pore of the mesh. For example, when the mesh has uniform sizes of pores, the sizes of the plurality of cell clusters thus divided are also almost uniform. Alternatively, thesecond division mechanism 80 may comprise a nozzle. For example, the inside of a substantially conical nozzle is microfabricated in a staircase pattern. When flowing through the nozzle, the cell clusters contained in the solution are divided into a plurality of cell clusters. - The cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 which sequentially sends a plurality of cell clusters to the
packaging apparatus 100 is connected to thesecond division mechanism 80. A pre-packaging cell channel 91 connects between the cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 and thepackaging apparatus 100. The cell cluster delivery mechanism 90 sequentially sends the cell clusters divided by thesecond division mechanism 80 to thepackaging apparatus 100 via the pre-packaging cell channel 91 using a pump or the like. - The pre-packaging cell channel 91 may be coated with poly-HEMA so as to prevent cells from adhering thereto. Alternatively, a material that resists cell adhesion may be used as the material for the pre-packaging cell channel 91. Also, a CO2-permeable material having a high thermometric conductivity may be used as the material for the pre-packaging cell channel 91 so that the internal conditions of the pre-packaging cell channel 91 are equivalent to the controlled temperature and CO2 concentration in the
container 200. The pre-packaging cell channel 91 may be further provided with a back-flow preventing valve from the viewpoint of preventing contamination. - A cryopreservation
solution sending mechanism 110 is connected to the pre-packaging cell channel 91. The cryopreservationsolution sending mechanism 110 sends a cell cryopreservation solution into the pre-packaging cell channel 91. As a result, the cell clusters are suspended in the cell cryopreservation solution in the pre-packaging cell channel 91. - The
packaging apparatus 100 sequentially freezes the plurality of cell clusters sent via the pre-packaging cell channel 91. For example, every time a cell cluster is received, thepackaging apparatus 100 places the cell cluster in a CryoTube and instantly freezes the cell cluster solution, for example, at −80° C. or lower. If a CryoTube having a small surface area per volume is used, freezing tends to be time-consuming. Therefore, it is preferred to use a CryoTube having a large surface area per volume. It is possible to increase the survival rate of cells after thawing by using a CryoTube having a large surface area per volume. Examples of the shape of the CryoTube include, but are not limited to, capillary and spherical shapes. Depending on the required survival rate of cells after thawing, the instant freezing is not necessarily required. - For example, a vitrification method is used in the freezing. In this case, DAP213 (Cosmo Bio Co., Ltd.) or Freezing Medium (ReproCELL Inc.) can be used as the cell cryopreservation solution. The freezing may be performed by an ordinary method other than the vitrification method. In this case, CryoDefend-Stem Cell (R&D Systems, Inc.), STEM-CELLBANKER® (Nippon Zenyaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), or the like can be used as the cell cryopreservation solution. The freezing may be performed using liquid nitrogen or may be performed using a Peltier device. By using the Peltier device, it is possible to regulate the change in temperature and suppress temperature variations. The
packaging apparatus 100 exports the CryoTube to the outside of thecontainer 200. In the case of clinically using the frozen cells, the CryoTube is preferably a completely sealed system. However, thepackaging apparatus 100 may package the stem cells in the CryoTube without freezing the stem cells. - The stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a packaging step photography apparatus which photographs the packaging step in the
packaging apparatus 100. - The stem cell manufacturing system may further comprise a sterilization apparatus which sterilizes the inside of the
container 200. The sterilization apparatus may be a dry heat sterilization apparatus. Note that the wiring of apparatuses, such as theseparation apparatus 10, the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20, the inducersolution sending mechanism 21, theinducer transfer apparatus 30, the cellcluster production apparatus 40, and thepackaging apparatus 100, which employ electricity is preferably wiring having heat resistance. Alternatively, the sterilization apparatus may sterilize the inside of thecontainer 200 by emitting sterilization gas such as ozone gas, hydrogen peroxide gas, or formalin gas into thecontainer 200. - The stem cell manufacturing system may transmit operation records of the
separation apparatus 10, the pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20, the inducersolution sending mechanism 21, theinducer transfer apparatus 30, the cellcluster production apparatus 40, and thepackaging apparatus 100, etc., and images taken by the photography apparatuses to an external server by wire or wirelessly. The external server may analyze, for example, the association of conditions (e.g., inducer transfer conditions, culture conditions, and freezing conditions) with results (e.g., the incomplete reprogramming of stem cells, the failure of stem cell differentiation and proliferation, and chromosomal aberration) using a neural network to extract a condition leading to the results or predict the results. The external server may further regulate theseparation apparatus 10, the inducersolution sending mechanism 21, theinducer transfer apparatus 30, the cellcluster production apparatus 40, andpackaging apparatus 100, etc. in the stem cell manufacturing system on the basis of a standard operating procedure (SOP), monitor whether or not each apparatus is operated on the basis of SOP, and automatically make an operation record of each apparatus. - The stem cell manufacturing system described above makes it possible to achieve the induction, establishment, expansion culture, and cryopreservation of stem cells such as iPS cells in a lump with full automation.
- For example, the
inducer transfer apparatus 30 may induce cells by RNA transfection, not by electroporation. Alternatively, the cells may be induced by virus (e.g., retrovirus, lentivirus, and Sendai virus) vectors or plasmids. The pre-transfer cellsolution sending channel 20, the post-transfer cellsolution sending channel 31, the cell clustersolution sending channel 51, the expansion culturesolution sending channel 71, the cell cluster solution sending channel 72, and the pre-packaging cell channel 91 may be disposed on a substrate by a microfluidics technique. An apparatus which transfers an inducer ribonucleic acid (RNA) into induced stem cells by lipofection to differentiate the stem cells into somatic cells may be connected to the stem cell manufacturing system. For example, a method described in the sixth embodiment described later can be used as a method for transferring an inducer ribonucleic acid (RNA) into induced stem cells by lipofection to differentiate the stem cells into somatic cells. The somatic cells may be, for example, neuronal cells. - The floating culture method for stem cells according to the second embodiment of the present invention comprises floating-culturing stem cells in a gel medium. The stem cells are, for example, induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells or embryonic stem cells (ES cells). The gel medium is not stirred. The gel medium is free from feeder cells. The stem cells proliferate in the gel medium while remaining in their undifferentiated states.
- For example, before the floating culture, the stem cells are dissociated into single cells, and the stem cells dissociated into single cells are placed in the gel medium. The single cells proliferate while maintaining their clonality to form colonies in the gel medium.
- The gel medium is prepared, for example, by adding deacetylated gellan gum at a final concentration of 0.5% by weight to 0.001% by weight, 0.1% by weight to 0.005% by weight, or 0.05% by weight to 0.01% by weight to a medium for stem cells.
- The gel medium may contain at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof. The gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- Alternatively, the gel medium may contain at least one temperature-sensitive gel selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- A human ES/iPS culture medium, for example, Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.), can be used as the medium for stem cells.
- However, the medium for stem cells is not limited thereto, and various stem cell culture media can be used. For example, Primate ES Cell Medium, Reprostem, ReproFF, ReproFF2, ReproXF (ReproCELL Inc.), mTeSR1, TeSR2, TeSRE8, ReproTeSR (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.), PluriSTEM® Human ES/iPS Medium (Merck KGaA), NutriStem® XF/FF Culture Medium for Human iPS and ES Cells, Pluriton reprogramming medium (Stemgent Inc.), PluriSTEM®, StemFit AK02N, StemFit AK03 (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), ESC-Sure® serum and feeder free medium for hESC/iPS (Applied StemCell, Inc.), and L7® hPSC Culture System (Lonza Japan Ltd.) may be used.
- For example, a ROCK inhibitor is added at a final concentration of 1000 μmol/L or higher and 0.1 μmol/L or lower, 100 μmol/L or higher and 1 μmol/L or lower, or 5 μmol/L or higher and 20 μmol/L or lower to the gel medium every day. The ROCK inhibitor added to the gel medium promotes the formation of colonies by the stem cells.
- The gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF). Alternatively, the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 μg/L or lower, 40 μg/L or lower, or 10 μg/L or lower. The gel medium without a growth factor such as bFGF or the gel medium with a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration tends to promote the formation of colonies by the stem cells, as compared with a gel medium with a growth factor such as bFGF at a high concentration.
- The gel medium may be free from tgf-β or may contain tgf-β at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower.
- The concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium may be, for example, 2×105 cells/mL or higher, 2.25×105 cells/mL or higher, or 2.5×105 cells/mL or higher. If the concentration of the stem cells in the gel medium is lower than 2×105 cells/mL, the rate of colony formation tends to be decreased.
- The floating culture method for stem cells according to the second embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to form stem cell colonies from single cells. Although this method is a floating culture method, the stem cells do not collide with each other because the floating culture method for stem cells does not require stirring the medium. Therefore, it is possible to maintain the clonality of the colonies. Thus, when the stem cells are, for example, iPS cells, it is possible to ensure the clonality of iPS cells derived from one somatic cell. Further, since the stem cells do not collide with each other, the stem cell colonies can maintain homogeneous sizes. Moreover, the floating culture method makes it possible to culture a large number of colonies in a small space as compared with the adherent culture method. Note that stem cell clusters may be maintenance-cultured in the floating culture.
- A growth factor such as bFGF or Tgf-β has been thought to be essential for the culture of ES/iPS cells since the discovery of ES/iPS cells. However, a growth factor such as bFGF is rapidly decomposed under a culture condition of approximately 37° C. Therefore, it is necessary to replace a culture solution with bFGF or Tgf-βwith a fresh one every day or to add bFGF or Tgf-β, etc. thereto every day. The bFGF used for culture is usually a recombinant protein. A recombinant protein at a clinical grade needs to be produced according to very strict rules.
- When the concentration of bFGF is, for example, a low concentration of 10 ng/mL, it has been considered that mouse-derived fibroblasts need to be used as feeder cells. However, stem cells cocultured with feeder cells derived from an animal such as a mouse cannot be used in transplantation or regenerative medicine. This has been a bottleneck in the clinical utilization of stem cells.
- Although a feeder-free culture solution for stem cells, which does not employ feeder cells, has also been developed, the feeder-free culture solution usually contains bFGF in 25 times the amount of that contained in a culture solution using feeder cells and contains bFGF at a very high concentration such as 100 ng/mL. However, it is difficult to culture ES/iPS cells without karyotype abnormalities using a feeder-free culture solution containing a high concentration of bFGF. Thus, many iPS cells are destroyed. ES/iPS cells cultured in the feeder-free culture solution containing a high concentration of bFGF tend to be less likely to differentiate into particular somatic cells. Therefore, the feeder-free culture solution is partly responsible for decreasing the efficiency of production of somatic cells necessary for transplantation from stem cells.
- By contrast, the floating culture method for stem cells according to the second embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to culture and proliferate the stem cells without the use of feeder cells while maintaining their undifferentiated states. Even though feeder cells are not used, the floating culture method for stem cells according to the second embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to culture and proliferate the stem cells without the use of a growth factor such as bFGF or with the use of a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration while maintaining their undifferentiated states.
- The floating culture vessel for stem cells according to the third embodiment of the present invention, as shown in
FIG. 5 , comprises: a dialysis tube which accommodates stem cells and a gel medium; and a container which accommodates the dialysis tube, wherein a gel medium is placed around the dialysis tube. - The dialysis tube is permeable to, for example, a ROCK inhibitor. A molecular weight cutoff of the dialysis tube is 0.1 kDa or larger, 10 kDa or larger, or 50 kDa or larger. The dialysis tube is made of, for example, cellulose ester, ethylcellulose, cellulose ester derivatives, regenerated cellulose, polysulfone, polyacrylonitrile, polymethyl methacrylate, an ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a polyester-based polymer alloy, polycarbonate, polyamide, cellulose acetate, cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, cuprammonium rayon, saponified cellulose, a hemophan membrane, a phosphatidylcholine membrane, or a vitamin E-coated membrane. A conical tube such as a centrifugal tube can be used as the container. The container is made of, for example, polypropylene.
- The stem cells to be placed in the dialysis tube are the same as in the second embodiment. Likewise, the gel medium to be placed in the dialysis tube is the same as in the second embodiment. However, the gel medium to be placed in the dialysis tube may be free from a ROCK inhibitor. The gel medium to be placed around the dialysis tube in the container is the same as in the second embodiment. The gel medium to be placed around the dialysis tube in the container contains a ROCK inhibitor.
- During the floating culture of the stem cells in the dialysis tube, the gel medium around the dialysis tube in the container is replaced or supplemented with a fresh gel medium. However, the replacement of the gel medium in the dialysis tube may be unnecessary.
- For a conventional floating culture system, it may be difficult to replace a medium without aspirating the cells. However, waste products may accumulate unless the medium is replaced with a fresh medium. Furthermore, the medium may be short of a medium component unless the medium is replaced or supplemented with a fresh medium.
- By contrast, by using the floating culture vessel for stem cells according to the third embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to avoid aspirating the stem cells even if the medium around the dialysis tube is replaced with a fresh medium, because the stem cells are in the dialysis tube. In addition, the amount of the medium in the dialysis tube is hardly changed even when the medium around the dialysis tube is replaced with a fresh medium. Therefore, the density of the stem cells in the dialysis tube is not changed. A high concentration of waste products in the dialysis tube moves to the outside of the dialysis tube. The medium component moves from the outside medium of the dialysis tube into the dialysis tube with decrease in the concentration of the medium component of the medium in the dialysis tube. Therefore, it is possible to keep the medium around the stem cells fresh.
- The method for inducing stem cells according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention comprises inducing stem cells from somatic cells floating-cultured in a gel medium. The somatic cells are, for example, fibroblasts. The stem cells are, for example, iPS cells. The gel medium is not stirred. The gel medium is free from feeder cells.
- The gel medium is prepared, for example, by adding deacetylated gellan gum at a final concentration of 0.5% by weight to 0.001% by weight, 0.1% by weight to 0.005% by weight, or 0.05% by weight to 0.01% by weight to a medium for stem cells.
- The gel medium may contain at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof. The gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- Alternatively, the gel medium may contain at least one temperature-sensitive gel selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- A human ES/iPS culture medium, for example, Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.), can be used as the medium for stem cells.
- However, the medium for stem cells is not limited thereto, and various stem cell culture media can be used. For example, Primate ES Cell Medium, Reprostem, ReproFF, ReproFF2, ReproXF (ReproCELL Inc.), mTeSR1, TeSR2, TeSRE8, ReproTeSR (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.), PluriSTEM® Human ES/iPS Medium (Merck KGaA), NutriStem® XF/FF Culture Medium for Human iPS and ES Cells, Pluriton reprogramming medium (Stemgent Inc.), PluriSTEM®, StemFit AK02N, StemFit AK03 (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), ESC-Sure® serum and feeder free medium for hESC/iPS (Applied StemCell, Inc.), and L7® hPSC Culture System (Lonza Japan Ltd.) may be used. The gel medium is placed in, for example, a tube.
- The gel medium may be free from, for example, a growth factor such as basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF). Alternatively, the gel medium may contain a growth factor such as bFGF at a low concentration of 400 μg/L or lower, 40 μg/L or lower, or 10 μg/L or lower.
- The gel medium may be free from tgf-β or may contain tgf-β at a low concentration of 600 ng/L or lower, 300 ng/L or lower, or 100 ng/L or lower.
- (Example 1) 500 mL of Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.) and 0.2 mL of bFGF (Gibco PHG0266) having a concentration of 10 μg/mL were mixed to prepare a human iPS medium with bFGF.
- Deacetylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to the human iPS medium with bFGF to prepare a human iPS gel medium with bFGF. Further, 5 mL of trypsin having a concentration of 2.5% by weight, 5 mL of collagenase IV having a concentration of 1 mg/mL, 0.5 mL of CaCl2) having a concentration of 0.1 mol/L, 10 mL of KnockOut Serum Replacement® (Invitrogen 10828-028), and 30 mL of purified water were mixed to prepare a dissociation solution generally called a CTK solution.
- The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish (Thermo Fisher Scientific 12-556-004) containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed by the addition of PBS (Santa Cruz Biotech sc-362183) at 500 μL/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the 6-well dish. A dissociation solution (Accutase®) was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the iPS medium with bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer. After the cell counting, 5×105 iPS cells were seeded to 15-mL Falcon Tube® (Corning 352096) or a non-adherent dish and subsequently floating-cultured without stirring.
- In the 15-mL tube, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF was used. In the non-adherent dish, 2 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum was used. A ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals 51049) was added at 10 μmol/L to each medium. Then, 500 μL of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF was added to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day, and 500 μL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to the non-adherent dish every day. Also, the ROCK inhibitor was added at a final concentration of 10 μmol/L to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- The results are shown in
FIGS. 6A and 6B . As shown inFIG. 6B , aggregation among iPS cell colonies was notably observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum in the non-adherent dish. By contrast, as shown inFIG. 6A , conspicuous aggregation was not observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium with bFGF in the 15-mL tube.FIG. 7A is a photograph taken atday 1 when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium with bFGF in the 15-mL tube.FIG. 7B is a photograph taken atday 9 when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium with bFGF in the 15-mL tube. From the photographs ofFIGS. 7A and 7B , the iPS cells of different lines were confirmed to form their respective colonies without being aggregated with each other. -
FIG. 8A is a photograph taken immediately before the colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the gel medium were reseeded over feeder cells.FIG. 8B is a photograph taken three days later when the colonies were morphologically confirmed. As a result, as shown inFIG. 9 , 95% more of the colonies were confirmed to be undifferentiated. These results demonstrated that iPS cells can be cultured in a gel medium while maintaining their undifferentiated states. - The same human iPS medium with bFGF and human iPS gel medium with bFGF as in Example 1 were prepared. The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 μL/well to the dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the dish. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the iPS medium with bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer. After the cell counting, 5×105 iPS cells were seeded to a 15-mL tube and subsequently floating-cultured without stirring.
- In the 15-mL tube, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF was used. A ROCK inhibitor was added at 10 μmol/L to each medium. Then, 500 μL of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF was added to the 15-mL tube every day. This gel medium (500 μL) contained 0.5 μL of the ROCK inhibitor. As a control, iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days under the same conditions as above except that the ROCK inhibitor was not added.
- As shown in
FIG. 10A , the iPS cells formed no colonies when the ROCK inhibitor was not added to the human iPS medium with bFGF. By contrast, as shown inFIG. 10B , the iPS cells formed colonies when the ROCK inhibitor was added to the human iPS medium with bFGF. These results demonstrated that a ROCK inhibitor is effective for the floating culture of iPS cells from single cells. - A human iPS gel medium with bFGF was prepared in the same way as in Example 1. Also, a human iPS medium without bFGF which was the same as the human iPS medium with bFGF except for being free from bFGF was prepared. Further, a human iPS gel medium without bFGF which was the same as the human iPS gel medium with bFGF except for being free from bFGF was prepared. In addition, deacylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to a commercially available serum-free, xeno-free, and feeder-free medium for reprogramming to prepare a gel medium for comparison.
- Here, the human iPS gel medium with bFGF contained bFGF only at approximately 1/25 of the concentration of that in the gel medium for comparison.
- The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed once with PBS. 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added thereto, and the iPS cells were scraped up using a scraper and suspended approximately ten times in a 15-mL centrifugal tube so as not to become single cells. Then, 2 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added thereto, and the mixture was divided into 1 mL each of three equal portions, which were centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge.
- After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed from the 15-mL centrifugal tube, and 2 mL of the gel medium for comparison, the human iPS gel medium with bFGF, or the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. From the next day, 500 μL of the same gel medium as the initial one was added to the centrifugal tube every day, and the iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days.
-
FIG. 11A shows a typical example of colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the gel medium for comparison prepared from the commercially available feeder-free medium.FIG. 11B shows a typical example of colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the human iPS gel medium with bFGF.FIG. 11C shows a typical example of colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF. - The iPS cells could be cultured even in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF and the human iPS gel medium with bFGF, which contained bFGF only at approximately 1/25 of the concentration of that of the gel medium for comparison.
- In order to confirm whether or not the colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days were undifferentiated, the iPS cells were reseeded over feeder cells, and their colonies were morphologically observed. The upper photographs of
FIG. 12 each show the colonies in the gel medium. The middle photographs ofFIG. 12 each show the colonies two days after the reseeding of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days over feeder cells. In each case, undifferentiated colonies were confirmed to occupy 90% or more. These results demonstrated that iPS cells can be floating-cultured while maintaining their differentiated states even when a gel medium without bFGF or a gel medium having 25 or more times lower than the bFGF concentration of the gel medium for comparison is used. - The lower photographs of
FIG. 12 show the colonies seven days after the reseeding of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days over feeder cells. These results demonstrated that iPS cells are not differentiated even if floating-cultured in a gel medium and then cultured on feeder cells for a long period (seven days). - The same human iPS medium without bFGF, human iPS gel medium with bFGF, and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared. Also, deacylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to a commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium to prepare a gel medium for comparison. A ROCK inhibitor was added at a concentration of 10 μmol/L to all of the gel media.
- The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 μL/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the 6-well dish. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the iPS medium with bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- Then, 5×105 iPS cells were placed per centrifugal tube, and 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF, the human iPS gel medium without bFGF, or the gel medium for comparison was added to the centrifugal tube. From the next day, 500 μL of the same gel medium as the initial one was added to the centrifugal tube every day, and the iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days.
- As a result, as shown in
FIG. 13C , the iPS cells derived from the single cells were unable to be cultured in the gel medium for comparison. By contrast, as shown inFIGS. 13A and 13B , the iPS cells derived from single cells could be cultured in the human iPS gel medium with bFGF and the human iPS gel medium without bFGF. The human iPS gel medium with bFGF had a bFGF concentration of 4 μg/mL, and the gel medium for comparison had a bFGF concentration of 100 μg/mL. - As a result of determining the number of the colonies, as shown in
FIG. 14 , the iPS cells floating-cultured in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF formed colonies at twice or more the number of the colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured in the human iPS gel medium with bFGF. These results demonstrated that a low bFGF concentration or the absence of bFGF is preferred for a gel medium. - In addition, iPS cells were dissociated into single cells and cultured for seven days using a medium in which a ROCK inhibitor was added at 10 μmol/L to the human iPS medium with bFGF or the human iPS medium without bFGF supplemented with deacylated gellan gum at 0.02% by weight. In this operation, 5×105 cells were suspended in 1.5 mL of each gel medium, and 1.5 mL of the medium in which a ROCK inhibitor was added at 10 μmol/L to each gel medium was added thereto every day.
- A 10-fold amount of PBS was added to the iPS cells cultured for seven days. After centrifugation at 270 g using a centrifuge, the supernatant was discarded, and 0.3 mL of Accumax was added to the culture vessel, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, 0.7 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added thereto so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells. After the suspension, 1.5 mL of the human iPS medium (the medium with bFGF for the cells cultured in the medium with bFGF, or the medium without bFGF for the cells cultured in the medium without bFGF) was added thereto, and the iPS cells were cultured for another seven days using a centrifuge in the same way as in the previous seven days. After the culture, an aliquot was reseeded over feeder cells. After three more days, the cells were stained with antibodies against NANOG and OCT3/4 and observed. The results are shown in
FIGS. 15A to 15D . The iPS cells cultured in the gel medium for a total of 14 days were positive for the undifferentiation markers NANOG and OCT3/4. These results demonstrated that iPS cells can be cultured by long-term culture in a gel medium while maintaining their undifferentiated states, even when the gel medium without bFGF is used. - The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared. A ROCK inhibitor was added at a concentration of 10 μmol/L to both of the gel media.
- The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 μL/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accutase was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to a centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- Then, 1×105, 2.5×105, or 5×105 iPS cells were placed per centrifugal tube, and 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was added thereto. From the next day, 500 μL of the gel medium was added to the centrifugal tube every day, and the iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days.
-
FIG. 16 shows a photograph of the colonies at each of the number of the seeding cells.FIG. 17 shows results of determining the ratio of the number of the iPS cells that formed colonies to the number of the seeded iPS cells. The iPS cells seeded at 5×105 cells formed colonies at 10 or more times the number of the colonies of the iPS cells seeded at 1×105 or 2.5×105 cells. These results demonstrated that iPS cells seeded at a low concentration form no colonies. - 1×105 iPS cells were placed per centrifugal tube, and 200 μL, 400 μL, 1000 μL, or 2000 μL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. From the next day, 100 μL, 200 μL, 5000 μL, or 1000 μL of the gel medium was added to the centrifugal tube every day, and the iPS cells were floating-cultured for seven days.
-
FIG. 18 shows results of determining the ratio of the number of the iPS cells that formed colonies to the number of the seeded iPS cells. These results demonstrated that iPS cells are less likely to form colonies with increase in the amount of a gel medium, in other words, with decrease in the seeding concentration of the iPS cells. - The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared.
- The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 μL/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- Then, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing 5×105 iPS cells was placed in a dialysis module (Spectrum Laboratories G235035) equipped with a dialysis tube having a molecular weight cutoff of 100 kDa. No ROCK inhibitor was placed in the dialysis tube. As shown in
FIG. 5 , the dialysis module was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube. A ROCK inhibitor was further added at a final concentration of 10 μmol/L to the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube. As a control, the ROCK inhibitor was not added to some centrifugal tubes. Then, 10 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh gel medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days. The fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 μmol/L. - As shown in
FIG. 20 , the iPS cells significantly formed colonies by the culture as shown inFIG. 19B when the human iPS gel medium without bFGF supplemented with the ROCK inhibitor was placed around the dialysis tube, as compared with the culture as shown inFIG. 19A when the human iPS gel medium without bFGF and the ROCK inhibitor was placed around the dialysis tube. - These results demonstrated that a low molecule such as a ROCK inhibitor passes through the membrane of a dialysis tube. These results also demonstrated that iPS cells can be cultured while the concentration of a medium component in a dialysis tube is maintained.
- The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared.
- The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 μL/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS from the 6-well dish. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- Then, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing 5×105 iPS cells was placed in a dialysis tube of a dialysis module. The dialysis module was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube (Corning 352070), and 20 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube. A ROCK inhibitor was further added at 10 μmol/L to the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube. Then, 10 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh gel medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days. The fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 μmol/L. As a control, the floating-culture was continued for seven days in some centrifugal tubes without replacing the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube.
- As shown in
FIG. 22 , the individual colonies formed by the iPS cells were found to be large in the case where the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh gel medium as shown inFIG. 21A , as compared with the case where the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was not replaced as shown inFIG. 21B . These results demonstrated that the replacement of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube promotes the ability of iPS cells to proliferate. - The colonies of the iPS cells floating-cultured for seven days were further reseeded over feeder cells, and the maintenance of the undifferentiated states of the iPS cells was confirmed from the morphology of the colonies. As shown in
FIGS. 23 and 24 , 80% or more of the colonies maintained their undifferentiated states even if the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was or was not replaced. - The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared.
- The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 μL/well to the 6-well dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the 6-well dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the 6-well dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- Then, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing 5×105 iPS cells was placed in a dialysis tube of a dialysis module. The dialysis module was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube. A ROCK inhibitor was further added at 10 μmol/L to the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube. Then, 10 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh gel medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days. The fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 μmol/L.
- As a first control, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing 5×105 iPS cells was placed in a dialysis tube of a dialysis module. The dialysis tube was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube. A ROCK inhibitor was further added at 10 μmol/L to the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum around the dialysis tube. Then, 10 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- As a second control, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing 5×105 iPS cells was placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube without the use of the dialysis tube. Then, 500 μL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was added to the 50-mL centrifugal tube once a day, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- As a result, as shown in
FIGS. 25 and 26 , the number of the colonies of the iPS cells was increased with the use of dialysis tube as compared without the use of the dialysis tube. Furthermore, the number of the colonies the iPS cells was increased with the use of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF around the dialysis tube as compared with the use of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum around the dialysis tube. - 500 mL of Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.) and 0.2 mL of bFGF (Gibco PHG0266) having a concentration of 10 μg/mL were mixed to prepare a human iPS medium with bFGF. Also, a human iPS medium without bFGF was prepared from 500 mL of Primate ES Cell Medium (ReproCELL Inc.) without mixing with bFGF (Gibco PHG0266). Further, a commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium was prepared.
- Deacetylated gellan gum (Nissan Chemical Industries Ltd.) was added at a concentration of 0.02% by weight to the human iPS medium without bFGF, the human iPS medium with bFGF, and the commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium to prepare a human iPS gel medium without bFGF, a human iPS gel medium with bFGF, and a gel medium for comparison.
- OCT3/4, SOX2, KLF4, and c-MYC were transferred to human fibroblasts using retrovirus. After floating culture for seven days, 1×105 cells were suspended in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF and cultured in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF, the human iPS gel medium with bFGF, or the gel medium for comparison. As a result, iPS cells were produced. The diagrams are shown in
FIGS. 27A to 27C . Thus, the iPS cells produced in the human iPS gel medium without bFGF were reseeded over feeders. Two days later, their colonies were morphologically confirmed and consequently were, as shown inFIG. 28A , undifferentiated iPS cell colonies. As a result of further staining the iPS cells with antibodies against OCT3/4 and NANOG, as shown inFIGS. 28B and 28C , the iPS cells were positive therefor. These results demonstrated that iPS cells can be induced in a polymer medium. - 300 μL of the CTK solution was added to a 6-cm dish containing the iPS cells induced in the polymer medium in the process of culture, and the dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the iPS cells were washed by the addition of 500 μL of PBS to the dish, followed by the removal of PBS. 0.3 mL of a dissociation solution (Accumax) was added to the dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, 0.7 mL of the iPS medium without bFGF was added to the dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- After the suspension of the iPS cells, 4 mL of the iPS medium without bFGF was added to a centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the iPS medium without bFGF was added thereto. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer. After the cell counting, 2.5×105 iPS cells were stained using Cell explorer live cell labeling kit Red and cell explorer live cell labeling kit Green (AAT BioQuest, Inc.). After the staining, the stained cells were mixed, and 5×105 iPS cells were seeded to a non-adherent dish or a 15-mL tube and subsequently floating-cultured without stirring. In the 15-mL tube, 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF was used. In the non-adherent dish, 2 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF and gellan gum was used. A ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals S1049) was added at a concentration of 10 μmol/L to each medium. Then, 500 μL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day. The fresh human iPS gel medium without bFGF to be placed for the replacement contained the ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 μmol/L. The ROCK inhibitor was added at a final concentration of 10 μmol/L to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day, and the floating culture was continued for seven days.
- As a result, as shown in
FIG. 29A , aggregation among distinctively stained iPS cell colonies was notably observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the medium without gellan gum in the non-adherent dish. As a result of quantification, 40% or more of the cells were aggregated. By contrast, as shown inFIG. 29B , such aggregation was not observed when the iPS cells were cultured using the human iPS gel medium without bFGF in the 15-mL tube. - After the suspension of iPS cells, 4 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium with bFGF was added to the 15-mL centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer. After the cell counting, 5×105 iPS cells were seeded to 15-mL Falcon Tube® (Corning 352096) or a non-adherent dish and subsequently floating-cultured without stirring.
- The medium used was 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium with bFGF or the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum, and the iPS cells were cultured in the tube or the non-adherent dish for five days to seven days. A ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals 51049) was added at 10 μmol/L to each medium. Then, 500 μL of the human iPS medium with bFGF and the gellan gum or the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum was added to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day. The ROCK inhibitor was added at a final concentration of 10 μmol/L to the 15-mL tube and the non-adherent dish every day, and the floating culture was continued for five days to seven days.
-
FIG. 30A is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum in the tube. In this case, the iPS cells were precipitated and were thus unable to be cultured.FIG. 30B is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and the gellan gum in the tube. In this case, the iPS cells were neither precipitated nor aggregated.FIG. 30C is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and without gellan gum in the dish. In this case, the iPS cells were aggregated and were thus unable to be cultured.FIG. 30D is a photograph showing the iPS cells cultured in the human iPS medium with bFGF and the gellan gum in the dish. In this case, the iPS cells were aggregated and were thus unable to be cultured. - The same human iPS medium without bFGF and human iPS gel medium without bFGF as in Example 3 were prepared. Also, a commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium was prepared.
- Grating plates (
Spheroid Generator MPs 500 andMPc 500, Kuraray Co., Ltd.) provided with a plurality of through-holes in a grid pattern having an upper opening diameter of 0.8 mm and a lower opening diameter of 0.5 mm, were prepared. - The CTK solution was added at 300 μL/well to a 6-well dish containing iPS cells in the process of culture on feeder cells, and the 6-well dish was incubated for three minutes in a CO2 incubator. Three minutes later, the dish was taken out of the incubator. After confirmation that only the feeder cells were detached from the dish, the CTK solution was removed using an aspirator. After the removal of the CTK solution, the cells were washed by the addition of PBS at 500 μL/well to the dish, followed by the removal of PBS. Accumax was added at 0.3 mL/well to the dish, which was then placed in a CO2 incubator and incubated for five minutes. Then, the human iPS medium without bFGF was added at 0.7 mL/well to the dish so that the iPS cells were suspended until becoming single cells.
- Then, 4 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to a 15-mL centrifugal tube, and the iPS cell suspension was centrifuged at 270 g using a centrifuge. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of the human iPS medium without bFGF was added to the centrifugal tube. The number of the cells was calculated using a hemocytometer.
- Then, 2.5×105 iPS cells were seeded to each grating plate and hanging drop-cultured for two days using each through-hole of the grating plate to form colonies having uniform sizes as shown in
FIG. 31A . Next, the colonies having uniform sizes were placed in 2 mL of the human iPS gel medium without bFGF, and the human iPS gel medium without bFGF containing the colonies was placed in a dialysis tube of a dialysis module. The dialysis module was further placed in a 50-mL centrifugal tube, and 20 mL of the commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium without gellan gum was placed around the dialysis tube in the centrifugal tube. Then, 10 mL of the commercially available serum-free and feeder-free medium without gellan gum around the dialysis tube was replaced with a fresh medium every two days, and the floating culture was continued for seven days. The fresh medium to be placed for the replacement contained a ROCK inhibitor at a concentration of 10 μmol/L. - After the floating culture for seven days, as shown in
FIGS. 31A to 32 , increase in size of the iPS cell colonies was observed. These results demonstrated that iPS cells proliferate in their colonies. - The floating-cultured iPS cell colonies were further reseeded over feeder cells. Three days later, the maintenance of the undifferentiated states of the iPS cells was confirmed from the morphology of the colonies. As a result, as shown in
FIGS. 33 and 34 , all of the colonies were undifferentiated. These results demonstrated that the sizes of iPS cell colonies can be rendered uniform in a grating plate, and then, the iPS cells can be cultured in a polymer medium while maintaining their undifferentiated states. - The method for producing induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises: preparing somatic cells; and transferring RNAs encoding reprogramming factors into the somatic cells by a lipofection method.
- The somatic cells are, for example, blood cells. The blood cells are separated from blood. The blood is, for example, peripheral blood or umbilical cord blood, though the blood is not limited thereto. The blood may be collected from an adult or may be collected from a minor. For the blood collection, an anticoagulant such as ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid (EDTA), heparin, or Acid Citrate Dextrose Formula A solution (ACD-A solution) is used.
- The blood cells are, for example, nucleated cells such as monocytes, neutrophils, basophils, or lymphocytes and exclude erythrocytes, granulocytes, and platelets. The blood cells may be, for example, vascular endothelial progenitor cells, hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells, T cells, or B cells. The T cells are, for example, αβT cells.
- The monocytes are separated from blood using a medium for blood cell separation and a centrifugal separation apparatus, etc. In the case of using Ficoll (GE Healthcare Japan Corp.) as the medium for blood cell separation, the method for separating the monocytes is as follows.
- Monocyte separation accuracy tends to be deteriorated at a low temperature. Therefore, a centrifuge is set to 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C. 10 μL to 50 mL of blood is collected from an adult or minor human, and a chelating agent containing EDTA is added to the blood so as not to clot the blood, followed by gentle mixing. A medium for human lymphocyte separation (Ficoll-Paque PREMIUM, GE Healthcare Japan Corp.) is dispensed at 5 mL/tube to two 15-mL tubes. 5 mL of PBS is added to 5 mL of the blood for dilution, and 5 mL of the diluted blood is layered on the medium for human lymphocyte separation in each tube. At this time, the diluted blood is slowly added onto the medium such that the blood runs down the wall of the tube so as not to disturb the interface.
- The solution in each tube is centrifuged at 10×g to 1000×g, preferably 400×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for five minutes to two hours, preferably 30 minutes. After the centrifugation, a white cloudy intermediate layer appears in the tube. This white cloudy intermediate layer contains monocytes. The white cloudy intermediate layer in the tube is gradually recovered with Pipetman and transferred to a new 15-mL tube. In this operation, it is necessary to avoid sucking out the lower layer. The white cloudy intermediate layer can be recovered in an amount of approximately 1 mL from one tube. The intermediate layers from the two tubes are transferred together to one tube.
- 1 mL to 48 mL, preferably 12 mL, of PBS is added to the recovered monocytes, and the solution is further centrifuged at 10×g to 1000×g, preferably 200×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably ten minutes. Then, the supernatant of the solution is removed by aspiration using an aspirator, and the monocytes are suspended by the addition of 1 mL to 12 mL, preferably 3 mL, of a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium (
X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.) having known compositions to obtain a monocyte suspension. A 10 μL aliquot of the monocyte suspension is stained with Trypan Blue and counted using a hemocytometer. - In the case of using Vacutainer® (Becton, Dickinson and Company) as a blood collection tube, the method for separating the monocytes is as follows.
- Monocyte separation accuracy tends to be deteriorated at a low temperature. Therefore, a centrifuge is set to 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C. 8 mL of blood is collected from an adult or minor human using a blood collection tube (Vacutainer®, Becton, Dickinson and Company) and mixed with an anticoagulant by inversion. Then, the balance is adjusted, and the solution is centrifuged at 100×g to 3000×g, preferably 1500×g to 1800×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably 20 minutes using a swing rotor. After the centrifugation, the upper layer, which is a plasma layer, is removed, and the monocyte layer and hemocytes sticking to the gel are suspended by pipetting to obtain a suspension. The obtained suspension is transferred to another 15-mL tube.
- 1 mL to 14 mL, preferably 12 mL, of PBS is added to the suspension in the 15-mL tube, and the suspension is centrifuged at 100×g to 3000×g, preferably 200×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 18° C., for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably five minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant is removed using an aspirator. A hematopoietic agent (PharmLyse®, X10 concentrate, Becton, Dickinson and Company) is diluted to X1 concentration with sterilized water. The pellets in the 15-mL tube are dissociated by tapping, and 1 mL to 14 mL, preferably 1 mL, of the hematopoietic agent is added thereto. Then, the solution is left standing at room temperature in the dark for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably one minute.
- Next, 1 mL to 14 mL, preferably 12 mL, of PBS is added to the 15-mL tube, and the solution is centrifuged at 100×g to 3000×g, preferably 200×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably room temperature, for one minute to 60 minutes, preferably five minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant is removed using an aspirator, and the monocytes are suspended by the addition of 1 mL to 15 mL, preferably 3 mL, of a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium (
X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.) having known compositions to obtain a monocyte suspension. A 10 μL aliquot of the monocyte suspension is stained with Trypan Blue and counted using a hemocytometer. - The method for separating the monocytes from blood is not limited to the methods described above, and, for example, the monocytes may be separated from blood using a dialysis membrane. Also, PurecellSelect System® for Whole Blood MNC Enrichment (Pall Corp.), a purifier for hemocyte removal (Cellsorba E®, Asahi Kasei Corp.), and a leukocyte removal filter made for platelet concentrates (Sepacell PL®, PLX-5B-SCD, Asahi Kasei Corp.), or the like can be used.
- CTL-UP1 distributed from Cellular Technology Limited, PBMC-001 from Sanguine Biosciences, Inc., or the like may be used as the monocytes.
- Alternatively, blood cells cryopreserved using a cell cryopreservation solution such as
Cellbanker 1, Stem-Cellbanker GMP grade, or Stem-Cellbanker DMSO-free GMP grade (Nippon Zenyaku Kogyo Co., Ltd) may be thawed and used as the blood cells. - In order to thaw monocytes, first, 1 mL to 15 mL, preferably 8 mL, of a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium (
X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.) having known compositions is placed in advance in a 15-mL tube, and a tube containing frozen monocytes is placed in a warm bath of 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 37° C., to start the thawing of the monocytes. Then, the tube containing the monocytes with a small amount of ice still remaining is taken out of the warm bath, and the monocytes are transferred to the tube containing the serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium having known compositions. A 10 μL aliquot of the monocyte suspension is stained with Trypan Blue and counted using a hemocytometer. - The blood cells may be separated on the basis of their cells surface markers. Hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells are positive for CD34. T cells are positive for any of CD3, CD4, and CD8. B cells are positive for any of CD10, CD19, and CD20. The hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells, the T cells, or the B cells are separated from blood cells using, for example, an automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus. Alternatively, monocytes separated in advance may be prepared. However, the reprogramming factor RNAs may be transferred to blood cells that have not been separated on the basis of cell surface markers.
- CD34-positive cells are stem/progenitor cells and tend to be reprogrammed. When iPS cells are produced using T cells, which are CD3-positive cells, the iPS cells derived from the T cells retain a TCR recombination system and therefore tend to be efficiently induced to differentiate into T cells.
- The method for separating the CD34-positive cells is as follows.
- 10 μL of IL-6 (100 μg/mL), 10 μL of SCF (300 μg/mL), 10 μL of TPO (300 μg/mL), 10 μL of Flt3 ligand (300 μg/mL), and 10 μL of IL-3 (10 μg/mL) are added to 10 mL of a serum-free medium (StemSpan H3000, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) to prepare a hemocyte culture medium (hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium).
- 1 mL to 6 mL, preferably 2 mL, of the hemocyte culture medium is placed in one well of a 6-well plate. In order to prevent the evaporation of the medium, 1 mL to 6 mL, preferably 2 mL, of PBS is placed in each of the remaining five wells. Then, the 6-well plate is placed in an incubator of 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 37° C., and incubated.
- A column buffer containing 10 μL to 1 mL, preferably 80 μL, of EDTA (500 mmol/L) and 10 μL to 1 mL, preferably 200 μL, or FBS added to 20 mL of PBS is prepared. A monocyte suspension containing 1×104 to 1×109, preferably 2×107 monocytes is dispensed to 15-mL tubes, and the monocyte suspension is centrifuged at 100×g to 3000×g, preferably 300×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for ten minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant is removed, and the monocytes are suspended in 100 μL to 1 mL, preferably 300 μL, of the column buffer.
- 10 μL to 1 mL, preferably 100 μL, of FcR Blocking Reagent (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) and 10 μL to 1 mL, preferably 100 μL, of CD34 MicroBead Kit (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) are added to the monocyte suspension in the 15-mL tube. The FcR Blocking Reagent is used for enhancing the specificity of MicroBead labeling. Then, the monocyte suspension is mixed and left standing at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for one minute to two hours, preferably 30 minutes.
- Next, the monocyte suspension in the 15-mL tube is diluted by the addition of 1 mL to 15 mL, preferably 10 mL, of the column buffer and centrifuged at 100×g to 1000×g, preferably 300×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for one minute to two hours, preferably ten minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant in the 15-mL tube is removed using an aspirator, and the monocytes are resuspended by the addition of 10 μL to 10 mL, preferably 500 μL, of the column buffer.
- A column for automatic magnetic cell separation apparatuses (MS column, Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) is attached to an automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus (MiniMACS Separation Unit, Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), and the column is washed by the addition of 10 μL to 10 mL, preferably 500 μL, of the column buffer. Next, the monocytes are placed in the column. 10 μL to 10 mL, preferably 500 μL, of the column buffer is further placed in the column, and the column is washed once to ten times, preferably three times. Then, the column is detached from the automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus and placed in a 15-mL tube. Next, 10 μL to 10 mL, preferably 1000 μL, of the column buffer is placed in the column, and a syringe is immediately pushed to elute CD34-positive cells into the 15-mL tube.
- 10 μL of the CD34-positive cell suspension is stained with Trypan Blue, and the number of the cells is counted using a hemocytometer. The CD34-positive cell suspension in the 15-mL tube is centrifuged at 100×g to 1000×g, preferably 300×g, at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 4° C., for one minute to two hours, preferably ten minutes. After the centrifugation, the supernatant is removed using an aspirator. Further, the CD34-positive cells are resuspended in the hemocyte culture medium warmed in advance, and the CD34-positive cells are seeded over a culture plate. Then, the CD34-positive cells are cultured at 4° C. to 42° C., preferably 37° C., in a 1% to 20%, preferably 5% CO2 environment for six days. During this culture, medium replacement may be unnecessary.
- The method for isolating cells on the basis of a marker other than CD34 is the same as the method for isolating the CD34-positive cells.
- The blood cells to which the reprogramming factor RNAs are to be transferred are cultured in, for example, a T cell culture medium or a hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium. In the case of producing T cell-derived iPS cells, the T cell culture medium is used. In the case of producing iPS cells from CD34-positive cells, the hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium is used. The culture conditions involve, for example, a CO2 concentration of 5%, an oxygen concentration of 25% or lower, and a temperature of 37° C. or lower.
- The blood cells to which the reprogramming factor RNAs are to be transferred are cultured in a feeder-free manner using a basement membrane matrix such as Matrigel (Corning Inc.), CELLstart® (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), or Laminin 511 (Nippi, Inc.).
- A culture solution such as Primate ES Cell Medium, Reprostem, ReproFF, ReproFF2, ReproXF (ReproCELL Inc.), mTeSR1, TeSR2, TeSRE8, ReproTeSR (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.), PluriSTEM® Human ES/iPS Medium (Merck KGaA), NutriStem® XF/FF Culture Medium for Human iPS and ES Cells, Pluriton reprogramming medium (Stemgent Inc.), PluriSTEM®, StemFit AK02N, StemFit AK03 (Ajinomoto Co., Inc.), ESC-Sure® serum and feeder free medium for hESC/iPS (Applied StemCell, Inc.), and L7® hPSC Culture System (Lonza Japan Ltd.) may be used.
- For floating culture, the blood cells are placed in a spinner flask and cultured with stirring. Alternatively, the blood cells may be placed in a 0.001% to 10% gellan gum solution, at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of deacetylated gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof, or a temperature-sensitive gel and cultured. The gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- The temperature-sensitive gel may contain at least one member selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), polyisopropylacrylamide, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- The medium may contain at least one substance selected from the group consisting of cadherin, laminin, fibronectin, and vitronectin.
- The reprogramming factor RNAs are transferred to the blood cells. The reprogramming factor RNAs comprise, for example, Oct3/4 mRNA, Sox2 mRNA, Klf4 mRNA, and c-Myc mRNA. The reprogramming factor RNAs may further comprise an mRNA of at least one factor selected from the group consisting of LIN28A, LIN28B, GLIS1, FOXH1, p53-dominant negative, p53-P275S, L-MYC, NANOG, DPPA2, DPPA4, DPPA5, ZIC3, BCL-2, E-RAS, TPT1, SALL2, NAC1, DAX1, TERT, ZNF206, FOXD3, REX1, UTF1, KLF2, KLF5, ESRRB, miR-291-3p, miR-294, miR-295, NR5A1, NR5A2, TBX3, MBD3sh, TH2A, and TH2B. These mRNAs are available from TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.
- Each mRNA may be modified with at least one member selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine (Ψ), 5-methyluridine (5meU), N1-methylpseudouridine (me1Ψ), 5-methoxyuridine (5moU), 5-hydroxymethyluridine (5hmU), 5-formyluridine (5fU), 5-carboxymethyl ester uridine (5camU), thienoguanosine (thG), N4-methylcytidine (me4C), 5-methylcytidine (m5C), 5-methoxycytidine (5moC), 5-hydroxymethylcytidine (5hmC), 5-hydroxycytidine (5hoC), 5-formylcytidine (5fC), 5-carboxycytidine (5caC), N6-methyl-2-aminoadenosine (m6DAP), diaminopurine (DAP), 5-methyluridine (m5U), 2′-O-methyluridine (Um or m2′-OU), 2-thiouridine (s2U), and N6-methyladenosine (m6A).
- The mRNA may be polyadenylated.
- The mRNA may be prepared by the polyadenylation of an in vitro transcribed (IVT) RNA. The mRNA may be polyadenylated during IVT by using a DNA template encoding poly(A) tail. The mRNA may be capped. For maximizing the efficiency of expression in cells, it is preferred that a great majority of mRNA molecules should contain caps. The mRNA may have a 5′cap[m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] structure. This sequence stabilizes mRNA and promotes mRNA transcription. From an mRNA having 5′ triphosphate, the 5′ triphosphate may be removed by dephosphorylation treatment. The mRNA may have [3′O-Me-m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] as an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA). ARCA is a sequence that is inserted upstream of a transcription start point and doubles the efficiency of mRNA transcription. The mRNA may have poly(A) tail.
- The mRNA may be a replicative RNA having the ability to self-propagate. The replicative RNA is an RNA having the ability to self-propagate and, unlike usual RNA, also has the ability to express proteins necessary for RNA replication. The replicative RNA is derived from Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE) viruses, which are Alphaviruses. Upon lipofection of cells with the replicative RNA, RNA continuously yielding reprogramming factors can be expressed in the cells. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the need of adding RNA every day.
- The sequence of the replicative RNA may comprise a sequence obtained from Alphavirus replicon RNA or Alphavirus selected from the group consisting of eastern equine encephalitis (EEE) virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis (VEE) virus, Everglades virus, Mucambo virus, Pixuna virus, and western equine encephalitis (WEE) virus.
- The replicative RNA may also comprise a sequence obtained from Alphavirus selected from the group consisting of Sindbis virus, Semliki Forest virus, Middelburg virus, Chikungunya virus, O′nyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Barmah Forest virus, Getah virus, Sagiyama virus, Bebaru virus, Mayaro virus, Una virus, Aura virus, Whataroa virus, Babanki virus, Kyzylagach virus, Highlands J virus, Fort Morgan virus, Ndumu virus, and Buggy Creek virus.
- The replicative RNA contains (VEE RNA replicase)-(promoter)-(RF1)-(self-cleavable peptide)-(RF2)-(self-cleavable peptide)-(RF3)-(IRES or core promoter)-(RF4)-(IRES or any promoter)-(any selectable marker)-(
VEE 3′UTR and poly(A) tail)-(any selectable marker)-promoter in the direction of 5′-4 3′. The RF1-4 is a factor that induces the dedifferentiation of somatic cells into pluripotent cells. The RF2-3, the RF3-4, and the RF4 are arbitrarily selected. The RF1 to RF4 may be selected from the group consisting of Oct-4, Klf4, Sox-2, c-Myc, LIN28A, LIN28B, GLIS1, FOXH1, p53-dominant negative, p53-P275S, L-MYC, NANOG, DPPA2, DPPA4, DPPA5, ZIC3, BCL-2, E-RAS, TPT1, SALL2, NAC1, DAX1, TERT, ZNF206, FOXD3, REX1, UTF1, KLF2, KLF5, ESRRB, miR-291-3p, miR-294, miR-295, NR5A1, NR5A2, TBX3, MBD3sh, TH2A, and TH2B. - The reprogramming factor RNAs are transferred into the blood cells by, for example, a lipofection method. The lipofection method is a method which involves forming a complex of nucleic acids (negatively charged substances) and positively charged lipids through electrical interaction, and taking up the complex into cells by endocytosis or membrane fusion. The lipofection method has advantages such as little damage on cells, excellent transfer efficiency, convenient operation, and a short duration.
- For example, a short interfering RNA (siRNA) or a lipofection reagent is used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs. An siRNA lipofection reagent and an mRNA lipofection reagent can be used as the RNA lipofection reagent. More specifically, for example, Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Lipofectamine® MessengerMAX (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.),
Lipofectamine® 2000, Lipofectamine® 3000, Neon Transfection System (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Stemfect RNA transfection reagent (STEMGENT), NextFect® RNA Transfection Reagent (Bioo Scientific Corp.), Amaxa® Human T cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1002), Amaxa® Human CD34 cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1003), and ReproRNA® transfection reagent (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) can be used as the RNA lipofection reagent. - The number of the blood cells for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is, for example, 1 to 1×108 cells, 1×104 cells to 5×106 cells, or 5×105 cells to 5×106 cells. The amounts of the reprogramming factor RNAs for the lipofection per mL of a culture solution are, for example, 5 ng to 50 μg, 50 ng to 10 μg, or 600 ng to 3 μg per run. The amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection is, for example, 0.1 μL to 500 μL, 1 μL to 100 μL, or 1 μL to 40 μL per run. The lipofection with the reprogramming factors is performed for 0.1 hours or longer and 24 hours or shorter, two hours or longer and 21 hours or shorter, 12 hours and 30 minutes or longer and 18 hours and 30 minutes or shorter, or 18 hours per run. For example, when a 12-well plate is used and the number of the cells is 4×105, 6 μL of RNAiMAX or 3 μL of MessengerMAX is used.
- The lipofection for reprogramming is repetitively performed, for example, once two days or once a day or for five days or longer and nine days or shorter, six days or longer and eight days or shorter, or seven days. However, when the mRNA is a replicative RNA, the lipofection may be performed once. The medium used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is, for example, a low-serum medium such as Opti-MEM® (Gibco).
- Whether or not induced pluripotent stem cells are induced from the blood cells or whether or not the blood cells are reprogrammed into induced pluripotent stem cells is confirmed, for example, by analyzing whether or not to be positive for at least one surface marker selected from TRA-1-60, TRA-1-81, SSEA-1, and SSEA5, which are cell surface markers exhibiting undifferentiation, using a flow cytometer. TRA-1-60 is an antigen specific for iPS/ES cells and is not detected in somatic cells. Since iPS cells can be obtained from only a TRA-1-60-positive fraction, TRA-1-60-positive cells are considered as a species of iPS cells.
- In the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention described above, the induced pluripotent stem cells are produced by transferring RNA that permits expression of reprogramming factors into the somatic cells e.g., blood cells, and expressing the reprogramming factors. Therefore, it is possible to produce the induced pluripotent stem cells without the integration of the reprogramming factors into the DNA of the somatic cells.
- In a conventional method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, the reprogramming factors are inserted into somatic cell DNA. This damages the genome and triggers oncogenesis of the cells. By contrast, in the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention, it is possible to produce induced pluripotent stem cells without the insertion of the genes into the genome and without the possibility of associated tumorigenesis, because RNA encoding the reprogramming factors is employed. Therefore, the induced pluripotent stem cells produced by the production method according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to satisfy the good manufacturing practice of clinically available cells.
- In conventional methods for producing induced pluripotent stem cells using retroviruses or lentiviruses, the viruses remain in the produced induced pluripotent stem cells. By contrast, in the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention, no virus is required because the reprogramming factor RNAs are transferred by lipofection. Therefore, no virus remains in the produced induced pluripotent stem cells. In this regard as well, the induced pluripotent stem cells produced by the production method according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to satisfy the good manufacturing practice of clinically available cells.
- A conventional method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells using electroporation largely damages cells and destroys a large number of cells before induction. By contrast, the lipofection used in the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention has little damage on cells and does not destroy a large number of cells before induction. Furthermore, the lipofection does not require expensive equipment and is performed by a convenient process.
- For producing induced pluripotent stem cells from fibroblasts, it is necessary to collect skin cells by highly invasive biopsy. By contrast, the method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to collect blood cells by low invasive blood collection. In general, a sufficient number of blood cells necessary for the production of induced pluripotent stem cells can be obtained from blood collection. Therefore, unlike fibroblasts, blood cells do not have to proliferate before induction of induced pluripotent stem cells. In addition, blood cells are free from the risk of DNA injury that may occur during culture for the proliferation. Moreover, unlike skin cells, blood cells can be collected without being aired out. Therefore, induced pluripotent stem cells can be induced from the blood cells in a clean sealed system from the stage of blood collection. In this regard as well, the blood cells are suitable for clinical utilization.
- (Preparation)
- Human blood cells were obtained from a healthy adult human male. Also, modified mRNAs (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.), a non-adherent dish, a 15-mL tube, a 50-mL tube, Ficoll, a flow cytometer (Becton, Dickinson and Company), an antibody against CD34 (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), an antibody against CD3 (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), MACS® buffer (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.), a T cell culture medium, a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco), an siRNA transfer reagent (Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX, Thermo Fisher Science, Inc.), and an antibody against TRA-1-60 (Becton, Dickinson and Company) were prepared.
- The T cell (CD3-positive cell) culture medium was a mixed solution of the following A medium and B medium. The A medium was a mixed solution of 15 mL of X vivo-10 (Lonza Japan Ltd., 04-743Q) and IL-2 (10 μg/mL). The B medium was prepared by mixing X vivo-10 and 50 μL of Dynabeads CD3/CD28 (Life Technologies Corp., 111-31D) into a 1.5-mL tube, vortexing the tube for five seconds, then spinning down the tube, leaving the tube standing on DynaMag-2 (Thermo Fisher Science, Inc.), and after the 1-minute standing, removing the supernatant.
- 10 μL of IL-6 (100 μg/mL), 10 μL of SCF (300 μg/mL), 10 μL of TPO (300 μg/mL), 10 μL of Flt3 ligand (300 μg/mL), and 10 μL of IL-3 (10 μg/mL) were added to 10 mL of a serum-free medium (StemSpan H3000, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) to prepare a hemocyte culture medium (hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium).
- Further, an OCT3/4 mRNA-containing solution, a SOX2 mRNA-containing solution, a KLF4 mRNA-containing solution, a c-MYC mRNA-containing solution, a LIN28A mRNA-containing solution, and a green fluorescence protein (GFP) mRNA-containing solution were prepared to have their respective concentrations of 100 ng/μL. Next, 385 μL of the OCT3/4 mRNA-containing solution, 119 μL of the SOX2 mRNA-containing solution, 156 μL of the KLF4 mRNA-containing solution, 148 μL of the c-MYC mRNA-containing solution, 83 μL of the LIN28A mRNA-containing solution, and 110 μL of the GFP mRNA-containing solution were mixed to obtain a reprogramming factor mixed solution. The obtained reprogramming factor mixed solution was dispensed at 50 μL/tube to 1.5-mL RNase-Free tubes (Eppendorf® tubes, Eppendorf AG) and stored in a freezer of −80° C.
- (Preparation of Monocytes)
- A centrifuge was set to 18° C. 5 mL to 50 mL of blood was collected, and EDTA was added to the blood, followed by gentle mixing. A medium for human lymphocyte separation (Ficoll-Paque PREMIUM, GE Healthcare Japan Corp.) was dispensed at 5 mL/tube to two 15-mL tubes. 5 mL of PBS was added to the blood for dilution, and 5 mL of the diluted blood was layered on the medium for human lymphocyte separation in each tube. At this time, the diluted blood was slowly added onto the medium such that the blood ran down the wall of the tube so as not to disturb the interface.
- The solution in the tube was centrifuged at 400×g at 18° C. for 30 minutes. In this operation, both acceleration and deceleration were slowly performed. After the centrifugation, a white cloudy intermediate layer appeared in the tube. This white cloudy intermediate layer contained monocytes. The white cloudy intermediate layer in the tube was gradually recovered with Pipetman and transferred to a new 15-mL tube. In this operation, attention was paid to avoid sucking out the lower layer. The white cloudy intermediate layer could be recovered in an amount of approximately 1 mL from one tube. The intermediate layers from the two tubes were transferred together to one tube.
- 12 mL of PBS was added to the recovered monocytes, and the solution was further centrifuged at 200×g at 18° C. for ten minutes. Then, the supernatant of the solution was removed by aspiration using an aspirator, and the monocytes were suspended by the addition of 3 mL of a serum-free hematopoietic cell culture medium (
X-VIVO® 10, Lonza Japan Ltd.) having known compositions to obtain a monocyte suspension. A 10 μL aliquot of the monocyte suspension was stained with Trypan Blue and counted using a hemocytometer. - (Separation of CD34- or CD3-Positive Cells)
- 1×107 monocytes were made to react with the antibodies against CD34 or the antibodies against CD3 in 100 μL of a solution of 4° C. for 15 minutes. After the reaction, 5 mL of MACS® buffer (Miltenyi Biotec K.K.) was added to the solution, and the mixture was centrifuged at 270 g. After the centrifugation, the supernatant was removed, and 1 mL of MACS buffer was added to the cells. Then, CD34-positive cells or CD3-positive cells among the monocytes were separated by using the separation program of an automatic magnetic cell separation apparatus (autoMACS, Miltenyi Biotec K.K.).
- (Culture of Separated Cells)
- 5×106 separated monocytes were suspended in 1 mL of the T cell culture medium or the hematopoietic stem/progenitor cell culture medium, seeded to a 12-well plate, and cultured. The culture conditions involved a CO2 concentration of 5%, an oxygen concentration of 19%, and a temperature of 37° C.
- (Lipofection with Reprogramming Factors)
- 100 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) and 25 μL of the reprogramming factor mixed solution were mixed to prepare a first mixed solution. Also, 112.5 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) and 12.5 μL of an siRNA transfer reagent (Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX, Thermo Fisher Science, Inc.) were mixed to prepare a second mixed solution. Then, the first mixed solution and the second mixed solution were mixed and left standing at room temperature for 15 minutes to prepare a lipofection reaction solution.
- The obtained lipofection reaction solution was gently added at 60 μL/well to the 12-well plate containing the monocytes in the process of culture, and the monocytes were subsequently cultured in a feeder-free manner at 37° C. for 18 hours. The culture conditions involved a CO2 concentration of 5%, an oxygen concentration of 19%, and a temperature of 37° C. The density of the monocytes was 3×106 cells when the lipofection reaction solution was added. 18 hours later, the monocytes were recovered into a 15-mL tube and centrifuged at 300 g, followed by the removal of the supernatant. Then, 1.25 mL of the hemocyte culture medium for CD34 was added to the 15-mL tube. The monocyte suspension was brought back to the same 12-well plate as above. The monocytes were cultured overnight in a feeder-free manner at 37° C. The culture conditions involved a CO2 concentration of 5% and an oxygen concentration of 19%. These steps were repeated every two days for seven days.
- (Confirmation of GFP Expression)
- At
day 7 after the start of lipofection, the density of the cells lipofected a total of four times was 3×106 cells. An aliquot of the cells was taken out of the 12-well plate, and the expression of GFP was confirmed under a fluorescence microscope. As a result, as shown inFIG. 35 , the expression of GFP was confirmed. From these results, the proteins were confirmed to be synthesized from the mRNA harbored by the monocytes transfected with the mRNA. - (Confirmation of TRA-1-60 Expression)
- At
day 7 after the start of lipofection, an aliquot of the cells was taken out of the 12-well plate, and the cells thus taken out were stained with an allophycocyanin (APC) fluorescent dye-labeled antibody against TRA-1-60 (surface antigen that is specifically expressed on cells in which reprogramming has been initiated). Then, the percentage of TRA-1-60-positive cells was confirmed using a fluorescence-activated cell sorter (FACS®, Becton, Dickinson and Company) to confirm that the reprogramming was started in the cells so that iPS cell genes were expressed to generate iPS cells. - As shown in
FIG. 36 , a dot plot was prepared with autofluorescence intensity on the x-axis against the fluorescence intensity of the fluorescently labeled anti-TRA-1-60 antibody on the y-axis. The TRA-1-60-positive cells were not detected in a negative control that did not harbor the genes. By contrast, the TRA-1-60-positive cells were detected inExperiments Experiment 1 depicts the results of inducing iPS cells from the whole of the monocytes that were not separated on the basis of a marker.Experiment 2 depicts the results of inducing iPS cells from the CD3-positive separated cells.Experiment 3 depicts the result of inducing iPS cells from the CD34-positive separated cells. These results demonstrated that it is possible to transfer the reprogramming factors into blood-derived cells by using lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs to induce iPS cells. - The method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises: preparing animal cells; and transferring an inducer ribonucleic acid (RNA) into the animal cells by lipofection to differentiate the animal cells into somatic cells.
- The animal cells include stem cells. Both induced pluripotent stem cells (iPS cells) and embryonic stem cells (ES cells) can be used as the stem cells. The animal cells may be human fibroblasts or human blood cells.
- A culture solution such as Primate ES Cell Medium, mTeSR1, TeSR2, or TeSRE8 (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) may be used for culturing the stem cells.
- The medium for culturing the stem cells may contain a gel. The gel may contain at least one polymer compound selected from the group consisting of deacylated gellan gum, gellan gum, hyaluronic acid, rhamsan gum, diutan gum, xanthan gum, carrageenan, fucoidan, pectin, pectic acid, pectinic acid, heparan sulfate, heparin, heparitin sulfate, keratosulfate, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, rhamnan sulfate, and salts thereof. The gel medium may contain methylcellulose. Methylcellulose contained therein suppresses the aggregation among the cells.
- The gel may be a temperature-sensitive gel. The temperature-sensitive gel may be at least one member selected from poly(glycerol monomethacrylate) (PGMA), poly(2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate) (PHPMA), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAM), amine terminated, carboxylic acid terminated, maleimide terminated, N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester terminated, triethoxysilane terminated, poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-butylacrylate), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid), poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-methacrylic acid-co-octadecyl acrylate), and N-isopropylacrylamide.
- The medium for culturing the stem cells may contain at least one substance selected from the group consisting of cadherin, laminin, fibronectin, and vitronectin.
- The somatic cells produced from the animal cells are, for example, neuronal cells, though the somatic cells are not limited thereto. For example, somatic cells such as myocardial cells, hepatic cells, retinal cells, corneal cells, and blood cells may be produced. In the case of producing neuronal cells, the inducer RNA to be transferred into the animal cells comprises, for example, neurogenin 2 (Ngn2) mRNA. The Ngn2 is a switch protein necessary for differentiation into neuronal cells. The inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene. The drug is, for example, an antibiotic such as puromycin, neomycin, blasticidin, G418, hygromycin, or Zeocin. The cells harboring the inducer RNA exhibit the drug resistance.
- Each mRNA comprised in the inducer RNA may be modified with at least one member selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine (Ψ), 5-methyluridine (5meU), N1-methylpseudouridine (me1Ψ), 5-methoxyuridine (5moU), 5-hydroxymethyluridine (5hmU), 5-formyluridine (5fU), 5-carboxymethyl ester uridine (5camU), thienoguanosine (thG), N4-methylcytidine (me4C), 5-methylcytidine (m5C), 5-methoxycytidine (5moC), 5-hydroxymethylcytidine (5hmC), 5-hydroxycytidine (5hoC), 5-formylcytidine (5fC), 5-carboxycytidine (5caC), N6-methyl-2-aminoadenosine (m6DAP), diaminopurine (DAP), 5-methyluridine (m5U), 2′-O-methyluridine (Um or m2′-OU), 2-thiouridine (s2U), and N6-methyladenosine (m6A).
- The mRNA may polyadenylated. The mRNA may be prepared by the polyadenylation of an in vitro transcribed (IVT) RNA. The mRNA may be polyadenylated during IVT by using a DNA template encoding poly(A) tail. The mRNA may be capped. For maximizing the efficiency of expression in cells, a great majority of mRNA molecules may contain caps.
- The mRNA may have a 5′cap[m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] structure. This sequence stabilizes mRNA and promotes mRNA transcription. From an mRNA having 5′ triphosphate, the 5′ triphosphate may be removed by dephosphorylation treatment. The mRNA may have [3′O-Me-m7G(5′)ppp(5′)G] as an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA). ARCA is a sequence that is inserted upstream of a transcription start point and doubles the efficiency of mRNA transcription. The mRNA may have poly(A) tail.
- The inducer RNA comprises, for example, Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc., an RNA corresponding to the DNA described in SEQ ID NO: 1). Cells transfected with Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) produce neurogenin 2 (Ngn2) and also exhibit puromycin resistance. The mRNA may be capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine. The 5-methylcytidine and the pseudouridine reduce the ability of an antibody to recognize mRNA. An RNA corresponding to the DNA described in SEQ ID NO: 2 may be used. The DNA described in SEQ ID NO: 2 is derived from the DNA of SEQ ID NO: 1 by the removal of an xba1 restriction site.
- The inducer RNA is transferred into the animal cells by a lipofection method. The lipofection method is a method which involves forming a complex of nucleic acids (negatively charged substances) and positively charged lipids through electrical interaction, and taking up the complex into cells by endocytosis or membrane fusion. The lipofection method has advantages such as little damage on cells, excellent transfer efficiency, convenient operation, and a short duration.
- For example, Lipofectamine MessengerMAX® is used as a lipofection reagent in the lipofection with the inducer RNA. Alternatively, for example, Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.),
Lipofectamine® 2000, Lipofectamine® 3000, Neon Transfection System (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.), Stemfect RNA transfection reagent (STEMGENT), NextFect® RNA Transfection Reagent (Bioo Scientific Corp.), Amaxa® Human T cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1002), Amaxa® Human CD34 cell Nucleofector® kit (Lonza Japan Ltd., VAPA-1003), and ReproRNA® transfection reagent (STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) may be used as a lipofection reagent. - In the case of using, for example, a 12-well plate, the number of the cells for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is 1×104 to 1×108, 5×104 to 1×106, or 1×105 to 5×105 per well. The area of the bottom of one well is 4 cm2. The amount of the inducer RNA for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is 200 ng to 5000 ng, 400 ng to 2000 ng, or 500 ng to 1000 ng per run. The amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is 0.1 μL to 100 μL, 1 μL to 50 μL, or 1.5 μL to 10 μL.
- The medium used for the lipofection with the inducer RNA is, for example, a low-serum medium such as Opti-MEM®(Gibco). The medium for use in the lipofection with the inducer RNA and before or after this lipofection may contain B18R protein. The B18R protein mitigates the innate antiviral response of cells. The B18R protein may be used for suppressing cell death resulting from immune response associated with RNA insertion into cells. However, since the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to this embodiment differentiates the animal cells into somatic cells in a short period, the medium may not contain the B18R protein or may contain the B18R protein at a dilute concentration of 0.01% to 1%.
- The animal cells are differentiated into the somatic cells within ten days, nine days, eight days, or seven days from the lipofection with the inducer RNA. When the somatic cells to be produced are neuronal, whether or not they are differentiated into the neuronal cells is confirmed on the basis of whether or not they are positive for Ngn2, β-III Tubulin, MAP2, PsA-NCAM, or vGlu. Ngn2 is a switch protein necessary for differentiation into neuronal cells. The β-III Tubulin, the MAP2, the PsA-NCAM, and the vGlu are markers labeling neuronal cells and are constituent proteins of microtubules in neurites.
- When the inducer RNA comprises an mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene, cells that exhibit the drug resistance may be selected after the lipofection. When the inducer RNA comprises, for example, an mRNA corresponding to puromycin resistance gene, cells other than cells harboring the inducer RNA can be destroyed by the exposure of the lipofected cells to puromycin to select the cells harboring the inducer RNA. The inducer RNA may comprise an mRNA corresponding to a gene of any antibiotic selected from neomycin, blasticidin, G418, hygromycin, Zeocin, and the like as the mRNA corresponding to a drug resistance gene.
- The method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention described above makes it possible to efficiently produce somatic cells such as neuronal cells without damaging genes of the animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like by expressing RNA encoding particular genes in animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like.
- A method for producing somatic cells from iPS/ES cells and the like using hormones or chemical substances requires a very long time for producing the somatic cells. By contrast, the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to produce somatic cells in a very short time.
- In a method for producing somatic cells from animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like using hormones or chemical substances, only some of the animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like are converted to the somatic cells of interest. By contrast, the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention converts 90% or more of the cells to the somatic cells of interest by RNA transfer.
- In a method for producing somatic cells from iPS/ES cells and the like using hormones or chemical substances, even if the same protocol is used, it results in variations among clones in such a way that some clones become the somatic cells of interest and others do not. By contrast, the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to yield high efficiency of induced differentiation for a plurality of clones.
- In the case of producing cells for transplantation by the induced differentiation of an undifferentiated cell population such as ES/iPS cells using cytokines or the like, there is a likelihood that undifferentiated cells remain in the cells for transplantation. Such residual undifferentiated cells have the risk of forming teratomas, etc., through their own cell division and proliferation at the transplantation site. By contrast, the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to select cells harboring the inducer RNA on the basis of a drug because the drug resistance gene can be co-expressed therewith. Therefore, the cells produced by the method of the present invention can avoid the risk of contamination with undifferentiated cells, teratoma formation, etc., and are thus suitable for medical transplantation.
- No virus is used in the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention using a lipofection method. Therefore, genes of stem cells are not damaged, and the produced somatic cells are free from the associated risk of tumorigenesis and as such, can be utilized in clinical therapy.
- A method for producing somatic cells from stem cells using viruses requires E. coli for the production and proliferation of virus vectors. However, cells produced by the transfer of substances produced using a nonhuman organism are unsuitable for clinical application. By contrast, the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention may transfer RNA into animal cells including iPS/ES cells and the like by using a lipofection method. Since RNA is a chemical substance and can be artificially synthesized, RNA can be produced without the use of an organism such as E. coli and is suitable for clinical application.
- For example, iPS cells are produced from blood cells in a clean environment of a completely sealed system, and subsequently, somatic cells are produced from the iPS cells in a clean environment of a completely sealed system. In such a case, it is possible to produce cleaner and safer somatic cells.
- In addition, the method for producing somatic cells from animal cells according to the embodiment of the present invention makes it possible to produce somatic cells in a short period of time. Therefore, for example, B18R which suppresses cell death resulting from immune response associated with mRNA insertion does not have to be used. Even if such a substance is used, a very dilute concentration thereof is possible.
- A 12-well dish coated with a solubilized basement membrane preparation (Matrigel, Corning Inc.) was prepared. A feeder-free medium (
mTeSR® 1, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) containing ROCK (Rho-associated coiled-coil forming kinase/Rho-binding kinase) inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 umol/L was placed in each well. The ROCK inhibitor suppresses cell death. - iPS cells were dispersed in a detachment/separation/dispersion solution for tissues/culture cells (Accutase, Innovative Cell Technologies, Inc.) and seeded to the 12-well dish. The cells to be transfected were seeded at a density of 4×105 cells per well. The area of the bottom of one well was 4 cm2. Untransfected control cells were seeded at a density of 2×105 cells per well. Then, the cells were cultured for 24 hours in the feeder-free medium. In this culture, the temperature was 37° C., the CO2 concentration was 5%, and the oxygen concentration was 25% or lower.
- 1.25 mL of a xeno-free medium (Pluriton, Stemgent Inc.), 0.5 μL of Pluriton Supplement (Stemgent Inc.), and 2 μL of a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 100 ng/μL (eBioscience) were mixed to prepare a transfection medium. Before transfection, the feeder-free medium in each well was replaced with the transfection medium where the cells were cultured at 37° C. for two hours.
- Green fluorescent protein (GFP) mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) was prepared. The mRNA was capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
- 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes A and 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes B were each prepared so as to correspond to the number of wells.
- 62.5 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube A to which 1.875 μL of a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.) was then added and well mixed to prepare a first reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for ten minutes such that the first reaction solution was mixed.
- 62.5 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube B to which 500 ng of GFP mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) was then added and well mixed to prepare a second reaction solution.
- The second reaction solution was added to the first reaction solution in the tube A to prepare a mixed reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for five minutes such that liposomes were formed. Next, the mixed reaction solution was added to each well and left standing overnight at 37° C. As a result, 500 ng of the GFP mRNA was added to each well.
- On the next day, the cells were observed under a fluorescence microscope. As a result, as shown in
FIGS. 37A to 38C , the cells transfected by using MessengerMAX developed color most strongly. As shown inFIG. 39 , the cells transfected by using MessengerMAX also exhibited the highest survival rate. This revealed that MessengerMAX is most suitable for mRNA transfer. These results demonstrated that it is possible to express a protein in iPS cells by mRNA transfer using a lipofection reagent and RNA. - A 12-well dish coated with a solubilized basement membrane preparation (Matrigel, Corning Inc.) was prepared. A feeder-free medium (
mTeSR® 1, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) containing ROCK (Rho-associated coiled-coil forming kinase/Rho-binding kinase) inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 μmol/L was placed in each well. The ROCK inhibitor suppresses cell death. - iPS cells were dispersed in a detachment/separation/dispersion solution for tissues/culture cells (Accutase, Innovative Cell Technologies, Inc.) and seeded to the 12-well dish. The cells to be transfected were seeded at a density of 4×105 cells per well. Untransfected control cells were seeded at a density of 2×105 cells per well. Then, the cells were cultured for 24 hours in the feeder-free medium.
- 1.25 mL of a xeno-free medium (Pluriton, Stemgent Inc.), 0.5 μL of Pluriton Supplement (Stemgent Inc.), and 2 μL of a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 100 ng/μL (eBioscience) were mixed to prepare a transfection medium. Before transfection, the feeder-free medium in each well was replaced with the transfection medium where the cells were cultured at 37° C. for two hours.
- Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) and green fluorescent protein (GFP) mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) were prepared. Each mRNA was capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine. Also, the mRNA was purified through a silica membrane and prepared, together with a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.), into a solution containing 1 mmol/L sodium citrate (pH 6) as a solvent. 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes A and 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes B were each prepared so as to correspond to the number of wells.
- 62.5 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube A to which 1.875 μL of a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.) was then added and well mixed to prepare a first reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for ten minutes such that the first reaction solution was mixed.
- 62.5 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube B to which 500 ng of Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) and 1500 ng of GFP mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) were then added and well mixed to prepare a second reaction solution.
- The second reaction solution was added to the first reaction solution in the tube A to prepare a mixed reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for five minutes such that liposomes were formed. Next, the mixed reaction solution was added to each well and left standing overnight at 37° C. As a result, 500 ng of the Ngn2 mRNA and 100 ng of the GFP mRNA were added to each well.
- As a result of observing the cells one day after the mRNA transfer, as shown in
FIGS. 40A to 40C , the cells transfected by using MessengerMAX developed color most strongly. - Then, the medium was completely replaced every day for two days with a neural differentiation medium (N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.) containing a ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 μmol/L and an antibiotic (puromycin) at a concentration of 1 mg/L to select the mRNA-transfected cells. At
day 3, the medium was replaced with a neural differentiation medium (N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.) containing a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 200 ng/mL (eBioscience). Then, the medium was replaced in half the amount each time with the same medium as above untilday 7. - At
day 7, the medium was removed from each well, and the well was washed with 1 mL of PBS. Then, 4% PFA was placed therein and allowed to react with the cells at 4° C. for 15 minutes for fixation. Then, after washing with PBS twice, each primary antibody was diluted with a medium containing 5% CCS and 0.1% Triton in PBS and added at 500 μL/well. The primary antibodies used were a rabbit anti-human Tuj1 antibody (BioLegend 845501) and a mouse anti-rat and human Ngn2 antibody (R&D Systems, Inc.). The rabbit anti-human Tuj1 antibody (BioLegend 845501) was diluted 1/1000 with the buffer, or the mouse anti-rat and human Ngn2 antibody (R&D Systems, Inc.) was diluted 1/75 with the buffer, and DAPI was diluted 1/10000 with the buffer. These dilutions were added to each well and allowed to react at room temperature for one hour. The antibody against Tuj1 is an antibody against β-III Tubulin. - After the reaction at room temperature for one hour, 1 mL of PBS was added to each well and well spread in the well, followed by the discarding of PBS. Again, PBS was added thereto and then discarded. A secondary antibody-containing permeabilization buffer containing a donkey anti-mouse IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 555 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.) diluted 1/1000 or a donkey anti-rabbit IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 647 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.) diluted 1/1000 in a permeabilization buffer was added at 500 μL/well and allowed to react at room temperature for 30 minutes.
- After the reaction at room temperature for 30 minutes, the cells were washed twice with PBS and observed under a fluorescence microscope to count cells emitting fluorescence.
-
FIGS. 41A to 41C are photographs taken by the observation under a fluorescence microscope of the cells that were cultured for two days after the transfer of the Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA by lipofection and the subsequent addition of puromycin, further cultured for five days without the addition of puromycin, and stained with Tuj1.FIG. 42 shows the percentage of TUJ-1-positive cells atday 7 among the cells transfected with the Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA by the procedures described above using each transfection reagent. MessengerMAX was found to have four or more times higher than the ability of RNAiMAX or Stemfect to convert iPS cells to the neuronal cells. -
FIG. 43 shows photographs taken by the observation under a fluorescence microscope of the cells that were cultured for 6 days after the transfer of the Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA by triple lipofection and the subsequent addition of puromycin, further cultured for 16 days without the addition of puromycin, and stained with MAP2 (Sigma Cat #M4403) and vGlut (Synaptic Systems Cat #135 302). - A 12-well dish coated with a solubilized basement membrane preparation (Matrigel, Corning Inc.) was prepared. A feeder-free medium (
mTeSR® 1, STEMCELL Technologies Inc.) containing ROCK (Rho-associated coiled-coil forming kinase/Rho-binding kinase) inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 μmol/L was placed in each well. - iPS cells were dispersed in a detachment/separation/dispersion solution for tissues/culture cells (Accutase, Innovative Cell Technologies, Inc.) and seeded to the 12-well dish. The cells to be transfected were seeded at a density of 4×105 cells per well. Untransfected control cells were seeded at a density of 1×105 cells per well. Then, the cells were cultured for 24 hours in the feeder-free medium. In this culture, the temperature was 37° C., the CO2 concentration was 5%, and the oxygen concentration was 25% or lower.
- 1.25 mL of a xeno-free medium (Pluriton, Stemgent Inc.), 0.5 μL of Pluriton Supplement (Stemgent Inc.), and 2 μL of a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 100 ng/μL (eBioscience) were mixed to prepare a transfection medium with B18R. Also, 1.25 mL of a xeno-free medium (Pluriton, Stemgent Inc.) and 0.5 μL of Pluriton Supplement (Stemgent Inc.) were mixed to prepare a transfection medium without B18R.
- Before transfection, the feeder-free medium in each well was replaced with the transfection medium with B18R or the transfection medium without B18R where the cells were cultured at 37° C. for two hours.
- Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) and GFP mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) were prepared. The mRNA was capped with an anti-reverse cap analog (ARCA), polyadenylated, and substituted with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine.
- 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes A and 1.5-mL microcentrifuge separation tubes B were each prepared so as to correspond to the number of wells.
- 62.5 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube A to which 1.875 μL of a reagent for mRNA transfer (Lipofectamine MessengerMAX®, Invitrogen Corp.) was then added and well mixed to prepare a first reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for ten minutes such that the first reaction solution was mixed.
- 62.5 μL of a low-serum medium (Opti-MEM®, Gibco) was placed in each tube B to which 500 ng of Ngn2-T2A-Puro mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) and 100 ng of GFP mRNA (TriLink BioTechnologies, Inc.) were then added and well mixed to prepare a second reaction solution.
- The second reaction solution was added to the first reaction solution in the tube A to prepare a mixed reaction solution. Then, the tube A was gently tapped at room temperature for five minutes such that liposomes were formed. Next, the mixed reaction solution was added to each well and left standing overnight at 37° C. As a result, 500 ng of the Ngn2 mRNA and 100 ng of the GFP mRNA were added to each well. As shown in
FIG. 44 , singly transfected sample, dually transfected sample, and triply transfected sample were prepared. - Then, the medium was completely replaced every day for two days with a neural differentiation medium (N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.) containing a ROCK inhibitor (Selleck Chemicals) at a concentration of 10 μmol/L and an antibiotic (puromycin) at a concentration of 1 mg/L to select the mRNA-transfected cells. At
day 3, the medium was replaced with a neural differentiation medium (N2/DMEM/F12/NEAA, Invitrogen Corp.) containing a solution containing B18R recombinant protein at a concentration of 200 ng/mL (eBioscience). Then, the medium was replaced in half the amount each time with the same medium as above untilday 7. - At
day 7, the medium was removed from each well, and the well was washed with 1 mL of PBS. Then, 4% PFA was placed therein and allowed to react with the cells at 4° C. for 15 minutes for fixation. Then, after washing with PBS twice, each primary antibody diluted with a permeabilization buffer containing 5% CCS and 0.1% Triton X in PBS was added at 50 μL/well and allowed to react at room temperature for one hour. The primary antibodies used were a mouse anti-human Tuj1 antibody (BioLegend 845501) diluted 1:1000 with the permeabilization buffer and a mouse anti-human Ngn2 antibody (R&D Systems, Inc., MAB3314-SP) diluted 1:150 with the permeabilization buffer, and further, DAPI was added thereto at 1:10,000. - One hour later, 1 mL of PBS was added to each well and well spread in the well, followed by the discarding of PBS. Again, PBS was added thereto and then discarded. A secondary antibody-containing permeabilization buffer containing a donkey anti-mouse IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 555 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., A-21428) diluted 1:1000 or a donkey anti-rabbit IgG (H+L) secondary antibody-Alexa Fluor® 647 complex (Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc., A31573) diluted 1:1000 in a permeabilization buffer was added at 500 μL/well and allowed to react at room temperature for 30 minutes.
- The cells were washed twice with PBS and observed under a fluorescence microscope to count cells emitting fluorescence. As a result, as shown in
FIGS. 45A to 45D , the cells singly transfected with the mRNA hardly expressed GFP atday 9. On the other hand, the cells triply transfected with the mRNA expressed GFP even atday 9. This revealed that the mRNA is decomposed in cells and protein expression is transient.FIG. 46 shows an enlarged image of the cells triply transfected with the mRNA expressed GFP atday 7. - The results described above demonstrated that it is possible to induce neuronal cells in a few days after transfection with RNA following seeding of iPS cells. The results also demonstrated that since neuronal cells can be induced in a short period, a medium does not have to contain B18R protein, which is usually used for suppressing cell death resulting from immune response associated with RNA insertion to cells.
-
- 10: Separation apparatus
- 20: Pre-transfer cell solution sending channel
- 21: Inducer solution sending mechanism
- 30: Inducer transfer apparatus
- 31: Post-transfer cell solution sending channel
- 40: Cell mass production apparatus
- 50: Reprogramming culture apparatus
- 51: Cell cluster solution sending channel
- 60: Division mechanism
- 70: Expansion culture apparatus
- 71: Expansion culture solution sending channel
- 72: Cell cluster solution sending channel
- 80: Division mechanism
- 90: Cell cluster delivery mechanism
- 91: Pre-packaging cell channel
- 100: Packaging apparatus
- 110: Cryopreservation solution sending mechanism
- 200: Container
-
Claims (20)
1. A method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells, comprising:
preparing somatic cells; and
transferring reprogramming factor RNAs into the somatic cells by a lipofection method.
2. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 1 , wherein the somatic cells are blood cells.
3. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the blood cells are monocytes.
4. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the blood cells are hematopoietic stem/progenitor cells.
5. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the blood cells are CD34-positive.
6. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the blood cells are blood cells separated on condition that the cells are CD34-positive.
7. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the blood cells are CD3-positive.
8. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the blood cells are blood cells separated on condition that the cells are CD3-positive.
9. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 1 , wherein the reprogramming factor RNAs comprise Oct3/4mRNA, Sox2 mRNA, Klf4 mRNA, and c-Myc mRNA.
10. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 9 , wherein the reprogramming factor RNAs further comprise at least one member selected from the group consisting of GLIS1 mRNA, FOXH1 mRNA, L-MYC mRNA, and p53-dn mRNA.
11. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 9 , wherein the reprogramming factor RNAs further comprise LIN28A mRNA or LIN28B mRNA.
12. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 1 , wherein an siRNA lipofection reagent or an mRNA lipofection reagent is used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs.
13. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 1 , wherein at least one member selected from Lipofectamine® RNAiMAX transfection reagent, Lipofectamine® MessengerMAX transfection reagent, Stemfect® RNA transfection reagent, and ReproRNA® transfection reagent is used in the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs.
14. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the number of the blood cells for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is 1 to 1·108.
15. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the amounts of the reprogramming factor RNAs for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs are 5 ng to 50 μg per run.
16. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the amount of the lipofection reagent for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is 0.1 μL to 500 μL per run.
17. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is performed for 0.1 hours or longer and 24 hours or shorter per run.
18. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 2 , wherein the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is performed a plurality of times.
19. The method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells according to claim 1 , wherein the medium used for the lipofection with the reprogramming factor RNAs is Opti-MEM®.
20. The method according to claim 3 , further comprising separating the monocytes from blood using a filter.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/569,634 US20220119758A1 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2022-01-06 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015170797 | 2015-08-31 | ||
JP2015-170797 | 2015-08-31 | ||
US201662356199P | 2016-06-29 | 2016-06-29 | |
PCT/US2016/049530 WO2017040548A1 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2016-08-30 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
US201815756029A | 2018-02-27 | 2018-02-27 | |
US17/569,634 US20220119758A1 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2022-01-06 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2016/049530 Continuation WO2017040548A1 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2016-08-30 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
US15/756,029 Continuation US11286454B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2016-08-30 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220119758A1 true US20220119758A1 (en) | 2022-04-21 |
Family
ID=58188066
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/756,029 Active 2037-04-18 US11286454B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2016-08-30 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
US15/756,031 Active US11518974B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2016-08-31 | Pluripotent stem cell production system |
US16/299,048 Active US10508260B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2019-03-11 | Pluripotent stem cell production system |
US17/569,634 Pending US20220119758A1 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2022-01-06 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
US17/817,287 Active 2036-09-28 US11912977B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2022-08-03 | Pluripotent stem cell production system |
Family Applications Before (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/756,029 Active 2037-04-18 US11286454B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2016-08-30 | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
US15/756,031 Active US11518974B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2016-08-31 | Pluripotent stem cell production system |
US16/299,048 Active US10508260B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2019-03-11 | Pluripotent stem cell production system |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/817,287 Active 2036-09-28 US11912977B2 (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2022-08-03 | Pluripotent stem cell production system |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US11286454B2 (en) |
EP (4) | EP3344755A4 (en) |
JP (7) | JP7370529B2 (en) |
CN (5) | CN108138130A (en) |
CA (2) | CA2996582A1 (en) |
SG (1) | SG11201801549VA (en) |
WO (2) | WO2017040548A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (50)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN108138130A (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2018-06-08 | 爱平世股份有限公司 | The method of multipotential stem cell manufacture system and production induced multi-potent stem cell |
US11542465B2 (en) * | 2016-11-18 | 2023-01-03 | New York Stem Cell Foundation, Inc. | Microfluidic system and method of use thereof |
EP4039792A1 (en) | 2017-01-20 | 2022-08-10 | FUJIFILM Corporation | Cell culture apparatus and cell culture method |
JP7146211B2 (en) | 2017-02-24 | 2022-10-04 | 剛士 田邊 | Method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
CA3054119A1 (en) * | 2017-02-24 | 2018-08-30 | I Peace, Inc. | Cell treatment device, suspension culture vessel, and stem cell induction method |
CA3054272C (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2023-01-24 | I Peace, Inc. | Cell processing system and cell processing apparatus |
JP6480093B2 (en) * | 2017-02-27 | 2019-03-06 | 剛士 田邊 | Somatic cell manufacturing system |
CA3064018A1 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | Kite Pharma, Inc. | Methods of making and using embryonic mesenchymal progenitor cells |
JP7114693B2 (en) * | 2017-08-24 | 2022-08-08 | テルモ ビーシーティー、インコーポレーテッド | cell proliferation |
JPWO2019049957A1 (en) * | 2017-09-08 | 2020-10-15 | 株式会社大塚製薬工場 | Young pig-derived stem cells and their preparation methods |
JPWO2019131626A1 (en) * | 2017-12-28 | 2020-12-10 | オリンパス株式会社 | Cell culture control method, cell culture control device, cell culture device and cell culture system |
US12077743B2 (en) | 2018-02-09 | 2024-09-03 | Global Life Sciences Solutions Usa Llc | Apparatus for fluid line management in a bioprocessing system |
US11932842B2 (en) | 2018-02-09 | 2024-03-19 | Global Life Sciences Solutions Usa Llc | Bioprocessing apparatus |
AU2019219291A1 (en) * | 2018-02-09 | 2020-08-13 | Global Life Sciences Solutions Usa Llc | Disposable kit for bioprocessing |
US11920119B2 (en) | 2018-02-09 | 2024-03-05 | Global Life Sciences Solutions Usa Llc | Systems and methods for bioprocessing |
JP6939643B2 (en) * | 2018-02-26 | 2021-09-22 | 株式会社Ihi | Cell division device and cell culture device |
JP7396564B2 (en) * | 2018-06-19 | 2023-12-12 | ステムセル テクノロジーズ カナダ インコーポレイテッド | Systems, methods and devices for automated cell culture |
WO2020017411A1 (en) * | 2018-07-17 | 2020-01-23 | 国立大学法人神戸大学 | Solid-liquid boundary detection device and pre-processing device provided with same |
JPWO2020021860A1 (en) * | 2018-07-24 | 2021-06-10 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Operation program of cell culture support device, cell culture support device, operation method of cell culture support device |
JP7280574B2 (en) * | 2018-08-20 | 2023-05-24 | アイ ピース,インコーポレイテッド | cell incubator |
US20210198635A1 (en) * | 2018-08-20 | 2021-07-01 | I Peace, Inc. | Cell culture or induction method |
WO2020044984A1 (en) * | 2018-08-27 | 2020-03-05 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Cell culture method and cell culture device |
US20200248124A1 (en) | 2019-02-05 | 2020-08-06 | Corning Incorporated | Methods of culturing cells on woven cell culture substrates and bioreactors using the same |
JP2020167959A (en) * | 2019-04-04 | 2020-10-15 | オリンパス株式会社 | Medium monitoring device |
CN113423811B (en) * | 2019-03-25 | 2024-04-05 | 泰尔茂株式会社 | Container and kit for preparing cell cultures in a highly clean space |
WO2020196649A1 (en) * | 2019-03-27 | 2020-10-01 | 株式会社カネカ | Cell production device, cell production method, and server, system and device to be used therefor |
CN110066733A (en) * | 2019-05-29 | 2019-07-30 | 广东唯泰生物科技有限公司 | Stem cell cultivates robot |
US20220306993A1 (en) * | 2019-06-10 | 2022-09-29 | I Peace, Inc. | Erythrocyte removal device, mononuclear cell collector, cell culture device, cell culture system, cell culture method, and mononuclear cell collection method |
CN113811597B (en) * | 2019-06-28 | 2024-06-18 | 爱平世股份有限公司 | Application of cell culture device |
WO2020262351A1 (en) * | 2019-06-28 | 2020-12-30 | アイ ピース, インコーポレイテッド | Cell cluster divider, cell cluster divider manufacturing method, and cell cluster dividing method |
CN110229751A (en) * | 2019-07-17 | 2019-09-13 | 中国人民解放军军事科学院军事医学研究院 | MRNA preparation system and preparation method |
WO2021038997A1 (en) * | 2019-08-29 | 2021-03-04 | ファナック株式会社 | Cell production device |
CN114341341A (en) * | 2019-08-29 | 2022-04-12 | 发那科株式会社 | Cell manufacturing apparatus and method for manufacturing same |
CN114341340A (en) * | 2019-08-29 | 2022-04-12 | 发那科株式会社 | Cell manufacturing apparatus and system thereof |
US11118151B2 (en) | 2019-11-05 | 2021-09-14 | Corning Incorporated | Fixed bed bioreactor and methods of using the same |
US20220403307A1 (en) * | 2019-11-06 | 2022-12-22 | I Peace, Inc. | Cell culture device |
CN111126329A (en) * | 2019-12-30 | 2020-05-08 | 杭州原生生物科技有限公司 | Method for automatically identifying pluripotent stem cell population |
WO2021237164A1 (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2021-11-25 | Sqz Biotechnologies Company | Point of care system for automatically processing cells |
CN111666895B (en) * | 2020-06-08 | 2023-05-26 | 上海市同济医院 | Neural stem cell differentiation direction prediction system and method based on deep learning |
JP2022066771A (en) * | 2020-10-19 | 2022-05-02 | キヤノンメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Apparatus and method for establishment of induced pluripotent stem cells |
WO2022139950A1 (en) * | 2020-12-23 | 2022-06-30 | Cedars-Sinai Medical Center | Methods for differentiation of pancreatic exocrine cells from human induced pluripotent stem cells |
WO2022244670A1 (en) * | 2021-05-18 | 2022-11-24 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Method for producing pluripotent stem cells |
CN113265333A (en) * | 2021-06-23 | 2021-08-17 | 无锡生基医药科技有限公司 | Totally-enclosed, semi-automatically-controlled and modularized plasmid transient transfection system |
US20240336897A1 (en) * | 2021-08-28 | 2024-10-10 | Cornell University | Compositions and methods for cell reprogramming |
WO2023053220A1 (en) * | 2021-09-28 | 2023-04-06 | 公益財団法人京都大学iPS細胞研究財団 | Method for producing pluripotent stem cells |
US20230130734A1 (en) * | 2021-10-27 | 2023-04-27 | Regenerative Research Foundation | Cell culture feeding device |
JP2024085747A (en) * | 2022-12-15 | 2024-06-27 | ヤマハ発動機株式会社 | Method for culturing recombinant protein-producing cells |
WO2024176440A1 (en) * | 2023-02-24 | 2024-08-29 | 公益財団法人京都大学iPS細胞研究財団 | Method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells |
CN116426573A (en) * | 2023-04-14 | 2023-07-14 | 臻赫医药(杭州)有限公司 | Reprogramming factor anti-aging expression system, biological material and application |
CN118460359B (en) * | 2024-07-10 | 2024-09-20 | 江苏颐泽生物科技有限公司 | Stem cell storage device with cell activity detection function |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090246875A1 (en) * | 2007-12-10 | 2009-10-01 | Kyoto University | Efficient method for nuclear reprogramming |
US20110281281A1 (en) * | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-17 | Ipierian, Inc. | Integration-free human induced pluripotent stem cells from blood |
US20140134143A1 (en) * | 2012-05-22 | 2014-05-15 | Loma Linda University | Vectors and methods for the efficient generation of integration/transgene-free induced pluripotent stem cells from peripheral blood cells |
US20140206083A1 (en) * | 2007-06-15 | 2014-07-24 | Kyoto University | Human pluripotent stem cells induced from undifferentiated stem cells derived from a human postnatal tissue |
US20150314018A1 (en) * | 2012-11-09 | 2015-11-05 | Biontech Ag | Method for cellular rna expression |
Family Cites Families (65)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0258795B1 (en) * | 1986-08-27 | 1993-11-03 | Kawasumi Laboratories, Inc. | A method for cultivating cells and an instrument therefor |
US5399493A (en) * | 1989-06-15 | 1995-03-21 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Methods and compositions for the optimization of human hematopoietic progenitor cell cultures |
WO1996029602A1 (en) * | 1995-03-20 | 1996-09-26 | Precision System Science Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for liquid treatment utilizing dispenser |
EP1985995A3 (en) | 1996-08-16 | 2009-09-16 | GE Healthcare Niagara Inc. | A digital imaging system for assays in well plates, gels and blots |
TWI288779B (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2007-10-21 | Blasticon Biotech Forschung | Dedifferentiated, programmable stem cells of monocytic origin, and their production and use |
JP4309815B2 (en) | 2004-07-05 | 2009-08-05 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Cell culture system and cell culture method |
WO2006071716A2 (en) | 2004-12-29 | 2006-07-06 | Biogen Idec Ma Inc. | Bioreactor process control system and method |
CN100335612C (en) * | 2005-01-20 | 2007-09-05 | 上海交通大学 | Two-sectional continuous culturing system of plant cell or tissue |
CN1664545A (en) * | 2005-03-18 | 2005-09-07 | 宁波美生医疗器材有限公司 | Process for making cell thin smear |
JP2007000038A (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2007-01-11 | Toray Ind Inc | Closed-system circulatory circuit-type culturing device |
CN2841667Y (en) * | 2005-09-09 | 2006-11-29 | 刘平 | The cell nutsche filter |
US20070087437A1 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2007-04-19 | Jifan Hu | Methods for rejuvenating cells in vitro and in vivo |
US8048999B2 (en) | 2005-12-13 | 2011-11-01 | Kyoto University | Nuclear reprogramming factor |
WO2008136729A1 (en) * | 2007-05-04 | 2008-11-13 | Sundstroem Erik | Slicing device |
CA2691793A1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2009-01-08 | Cellular Dynamics International, Inc. | Automated method and apparatus for embryonic stem cell culture |
US7858371B2 (en) * | 2007-09-26 | 2010-12-28 | Weyerhaeuser Nr Company | Method of separating embryo suspension mass |
EP2238236B1 (en) * | 2008-01-09 | 2017-03-29 | Screencell | Device and method for isolating and cultivating live cells on a filter or extracting the genetic material thereof |
KR101481164B1 (en) * | 2008-01-30 | 2015-01-09 | 주식회사 미래셀바이오 | Method of manufacturing induced pluripotent stem cell originated from somatic cell |
WO2010017562A2 (en) * | 2008-08-08 | 2010-02-11 | Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research | Induced pluripotent stem cells |
EP2192174B1 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2015-11-11 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Reprogramming cells toward a pluripotent state |
WO2010141320A1 (en) * | 2009-06-01 | 2010-12-09 | Mariposa Biotechnology, Inc. | Device for removing cumulus from oocytes |
CN102459575A (en) * | 2009-06-05 | 2012-05-16 | 细胞动力国际有限公司 | Reprogramming t cells and hematophietic cells |
US8927287B2 (en) * | 2009-10-09 | 2015-01-06 | Georgia Tech Research Corporation | Method for dispersion of assemblies of biological material |
CA3174901A1 (en) * | 2009-11-12 | 2011-05-19 | Technion Research & Development Foundation Ltd. | Culture media, cell cultures and methods of culturing pluripotent stem cells in an undifferentiated state |
WO2011094577A2 (en) * | 2010-01-29 | 2011-08-04 | Micronics, Inc. | Sample-to-answer microfluidic cartridge |
CA2796464C (en) * | 2010-04-16 | 2021-08-03 | Immune Disease Institute, Inc. | Sustained polypeptide expression from synthetic, modified rnas and uses thereof |
US10494626B2 (en) * | 2010-05-12 | 2019-12-03 | Cellectis S.A. | Dynamic mixing and electroporation chamber and system |
CA3150342A1 (en) * | 2010-09-07 | 2012-03-15 | Technion Research & Development Foundation Limited | Novel methods and culture media for culturing pluripotent stem cells |
US20160272934A1 (en) * | 2010-10-08 | 2016-09-22 | Cellanyx Diagnostics, Llc | Systems, devices and methods for microfluidic culturing, manipulation and analysis of tissues and cells |
KR102703637B1 (en) * | 2010-12-22 | 2024-09-05 | 페이트 세러퓨틱스, 인코포레이티드 | Cell culture platform for single cell sorting and enhanced reprogramming of iPSCs |
CN102174395B (en) | 2011-01-30 | 2013-08-21 | 中国科学院广州生物医药与健康研究院 | Automation augmentation and culture system of induced pluripotent stem cells |
WO2012115153A1 (en) | 2011-02-25 | 2012-08-30 | 株式会社ニコン | Cell evaluation method, cell culture method, cell evaluation device, incubator, cell evaluation program, colony classification program, stem cell culture method, stem cell evaluation device, and stem cell evaluation program |
GB201105413D0 (en) * | 2011-03-30 | 2011-05-11 | Cambridge Entpr Ltd | Nuclear reprogramming substrate |
US9880084B2 (en) * | 2011-04-15 | 2018-01-30 | The University Of British Columbia | Apparatus for separation of particles |
CA2852672C (en) * | 2011-10-17 | 2021-07-20 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | A microfluidic system and method for delivering a payload into a cell by causing perturbations in a cell membrane of the cell |
JP6162604B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2017-07-12 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Multi-dispersed monodisperse cell culture method by laminar flow |
EP2594632A1 (en) * | 2011-11-18 | 2013-05-22 | Miltenyi Biotec GmbH | Method and device for cell modification |
US20140329317A1 (en) * | 2011-11-25 | 2014-11-06 | Kyoto University | Method for culturing pluripotent stem cell |
IL299477A (en) | 2011-12-01 | 2023-02-01 | New York Stem Cell Found Inc | Automated system for producing induced pluripotent stem cells or differentiated cells |
US10428309B2 (en) * | 2011-12-01 | 2019-10-01 | New York Stem Cell Foundation, Inc. | Systems and methods for producing stem cells and differentiated cells |
WO2013090734A1 (en) * | 2011-12-15 | 2013-06-20 | Dow Agrosciences Llc | Method for improved transformation using agrobacterium |
WO2013094365A1 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2013-06-27 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Observation system, program, and method for controlling observation system |
WO2013136372A1 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2013-09-19 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Cell sheet, cell culture method, and cell culture apparatus |
CA2876868A1 (en) | 2012-06-13 | 2013-12-19 | Stemgent, Inc. | Methods of preparing pluripotent stem cells |
WO2014017513A1 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2014-01-30 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Culture medium composition, and method for culturing cell or tissue using said composition |
US9664671B2 (en) * | 2012-07-24 | 2017-05-30 | Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Culture medium composition and method of culturing cell or tissue using thereof |
US9738861B2 (en) | 2013-03-06 | 2017-08-22 | Kyoto University | Culture system for pluripotent stem cells and method for subculturing pluripotent stem cells |
US20160032317A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2016-02-04 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Compositions and methods for reprogramming hematopoietic stem cell lineages |
SG10201707485YA (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2017-10-30 | Fluidigm Corp | Methods and devices for analysis of defined multicellular combinations |
JP6473077B2 (en) | 2013-03-21 | 2019-02-20 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Pluripotent stem cells for inducing neural differentiation |
EP2987852A4 (en) * | 2013-04-17 | 2016-09-07 | Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd | Medium composition and method for producing red blood cells using same |
US20150159127A1 (en) * | 2013-05-10 | 2015-06-11 | BioCapacity On Demand, LLC | Mobile vessel or carrier for the manufacturing production, purification and sterile fill and finish of biologics |
JP2016520288A (en) * | 2013-06-11 | 2016-07-14 | 国立大学法人京都大学 | Efficient method for establishing induced pluripotent stem cells |
US9580678B2 (en) * | 2013-06-21 | 2017-02-28 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Microfluidic tumor tissue dissociation device |
CA2921948C (en) | 2013-09-04 | 2019-11-19 | Otsuka Pharmaceutical Factory, Inc. | Method for preparing pluripotent stem cells |
JP5751726B2 (en) | 2013-11-12 | 2015-07-22 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Pluripotent stem cell culture method and facility |
US10487308B2 (en) | 2014-01-23 | 2019-11-26 | Nissan Chemical Corporation | Culture medium composition |
WO2015111685A1 (en) | 2014-01-23 | 2015-07-30 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Method for producing culture medium composition |
US10100286B2 (en) * | 2014-06-20 | 2018-10-16 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Alabama | Systems and methods of dissociating aggregate spheres of cells |
US20170355950A1 (en) * | 2014-12-04 | 2017-12-14 | The Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Systems for dissociation of biological tissues |
JP6291429B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2018-03-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Cell culture device and cell culture method |
EP3247808B1 (en) * | 2015-01-21 | 2021-05-05 | Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center | Point-of-care and/or portable platform for gene therapy |
US10836997B2 (en) | 2015-03-09 | 2020-11-17 | Keio University | Method for differentiating pluripotent stem cells into desired cell type |
CN108138130A (en) | 2015-08-31 | 2018-06-08 | 爱平世股份有限公司 | The method of multipotential stem cell manufacture system and production induced multi-potent stem cell |
CA3051051A1 (en) * | 2016-06-08 | 2017-12-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and device for processing tissues and cells |
-
2016
- 2016-08-30 CN CN201680050145.XA patent/CN108138130A/en active Pending
- 2016-08-30 CN CN202210349694.4A patent/CN114717183A/en active Pending
- 2016-08-30 CA CA2996582A patent/CA2996582A1/en active Pending
- 2016-08-30 US US15/756,029 patent/US11286454B2/en active Active
- 2016-08-30 WO PCT/US2016/049530 patent/WO2017040548A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-08-30 EP EP16842835.7A patent/EP3344755A4/en active Pending
- 2016-08-30 JP JP2018510722A patent/JP7370529B2/en active Active
- 2016-08-31 EP EP16841917.4A patent/EP3345990A4/en active Pending
- 2016-08-31 CN CN201680050144.5A patent/CN108138113A/en active Pending
- 2016-08-31 WO PCT/JP2016/075540 patent/WO2017038887A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-08-31 JP JP2017526727A patent/JP6198203B2/en active Active
- 2016-08-31 EP EP18167250.2A patent/EP3366763B1/en active Active
- 2016-08-31 CN CN201810580097.6A patent/CN108823062B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2016-08-31 US US15/756,031 patent/US11518974B2/en active Active
- 2016-08-31 CA CA2996988A patent/CA2996988A1/en active Pending
- 2016-08-31 CN CN202211151066.1A patent/CN115478045A/en active Pending
- 2016-08-31 EP EP18203880.2A patent/EP3473703A3/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2016-08-31 SG SG11201801549VA patent/SG11201801549VA/en unknown
-
2017
- 2017-05-16 JP JP2017097408A patent/JP2017221187A/en active Pending
- 2017-05-16 JP JP2017097398A patent/JP6283904B2/en active Active
- 2017-08-10 JP JP2017155756A patent/JP6253216B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-03-11 US US16/299,048 patent/US10508260B2/en active Active
- 2019-11-14 JP JP2019206125A patent/JP7351483B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-01-06 US US17/569,634 patent/US20220119758A1/en active Pending
- 2022-04-06 JP JP2022063287A patent/JP2022088643A/en active Pending
- 2022-08-03 US US17/817,287 patent/US11912977B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140206083A1 (en) * | 2007-06-15 | 2014-07-24 | Kyoto University | Human pluripotent stem cells induced from undifferentiated stem cells derived from a human postnatal tissue |
US20090246875A1 (en) * | 2007-12-10 | 2009-10-01 | Kyoto University | Efficient method for nuclear reprogramming |
US20110281281A1 (en) * | 2010-05-12 | 2011-11-17 | Ipierian, Inc. | Integration-free human induced pluripotent stem cells from blood |
US20140134143A1 (en) * | 2012-05-22 | 2014-05-15 | Loma Linda University | Vectors and methods for the efficient generation of integration/transgene-free induced pluripotent stem cells from peripheral blood cells |
US20150314018A1 (en) * | 2012-11-09 | 2015-11-05 | Biontech Ag | Method for cellular rna expression |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
Tavernier et al (Biomaterials 33 (2012) p 412-417). (Year: 2012) * |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220119758A1 (en) | Pluripotent stem cell manufacturing system and method for producing induced pluripotent stem cells | |
JP2023011942A (en) | Method for producing neural cell | |
CA3054118C (en) | Production method for artificial pluripotent stem cells | |
EP3842526A1 (en) | Method for cultivating or inducing cells | |
WO2021209756A1 (en) | Induced pluripotent cell comprising a controllable transgene for conditional immortalisation | |
JP2020036608A (en) | Pluripotent stem cell production system, stem cell induction method, stem cell suspension culture method, incubator for stem cell suspension culture, induced pluripotent stem cell preparation method, and method of preparing specific somatic cell from animal cell | |
US20230053060A1 (en) | Method for manufacturing induced pluripotent stem cells | |
US20230055044A1 (en) | Method for manufacturing induced pluripotent stem cells | |
JP2019080575A (en) | Somatic cell production system | |
US20200002675A1 (en) | Method for separating megakaryocytes and platelets and instrument for separating megakaryocytes and platelets | |
US20230061798A1 (en) | Method for culturing factor-introduced cells | |
US20220213446A1 (en) | Method for culturing cells into which reprogramming factor is introduced |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: I PEACE, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KELLY, BRENDAN;SUTO, KENTA;REEL/FRAME:058577/0597 Effective date: 20180612 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |